And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
Definition 1:Amazon DynamoDB is a fully managed proprietary NoSQL database service that supports key-value and document data structures and is offered by Amazon.com as part of the Amazon Web Services portfolio. DynamoDB exposes a similar data model to and derives its name from Dynamo, but has a different underlying implementation. Dynamo had a multi-master design requiring the client to resolve version conflicts and DynamoDB uses synchronous replication across multiple datacenters for high durability and availability.
Definition 2:DynamoDB is a fast and flexible non-relational database service for any scale. DynamoDB enables customers to offload the administrative burdens of operating and scaling distributed databases to AWS so that they don’t have to worry about hardware provisioning, setup and configuration, throughput capacity planning, replication, software patching, or cluster scaling.
Amazon DynamoDB explained
Fully Managed
Fast, consistent Performance
Fine-grained access control
Flexible
Amazon DynamoDB explained
AWS DynamoDB Facts and Summaries
Amazon DynamoDB is a low-latency NoSQL database.
DynamoDB consists of Tables, Items, and Attributes
DynamoDb supports both document and key-value data models
DynamoDB Supported documents formats are JSON, HTML, XML
DynamoDB has 2 types of Primary Keys: Partition Key and combination of Partition Key + Sort Key (Composite Key)
DynamoDB has 2 consistency models: Strongly Consistent / Eventually Consistent
DynamoDB Access is controlled using IAM policies.
DynamoDB has fine grained access control using IAM Condition parameter dynamodb:LeadingKeys to allow users to access only the items where the partition key vakue matches their user ID.
DynamoDB Indexes enable fast queries on specific data columns
DynamoDB indexes give you a different view of your data based on alternative Partition / Sort Keys.
DynamoDB Local Secondary indexes must be created when you create your table, they have same partition Key as your table, and they have a different Sort Key.
DynamoDB Global Secondary Index Can be created at any time: at table creation or after. They have a different partition Key as your table and a different sort key as your table.
A DynamoDB query operation finds items in a table using only the primary Key attribute: You provide the Primary Key name and a distinct value to search for.
A DynamoDB Scan operation examines every item in the table. By default, it return data attributes.
DynamoDB Query operation is generally more efficient than a Scan.
With DynamoDB, you can reduce the impact of a query or scan by setting a smaller page size which uses fewer read operations.
To optimize DynamoDB performance, isolate scan operations to specific tables and segregate them from your mission-critical traffic.
To optimize DynamoDB performance, try Parallel scans rather than the default sequential scan.
To optimize DynamoDB performance: Avoid using scan operations if you can: design tables in a way that you can use Query, Get, or BatchGetItems APIs.
When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity.
DynamoDb Provisioned Throughput is measured in Capacity Units.
1 Write Capacity Unit = 1 x 1KB Write per second.
1 Read Capacity Unit = 1 x 4KB Strongly Consistent Read Or 2 x 4KB Eventually Consistent Reads per second. Eventual consistent reads give us the maximum performance with the read operation.
What is the maximum throughput that can be provisioned for a single DynamoDB table? DynamoDB is designed to scale without limits. However, if you want to exceed throughput rates of 10,000 write capacity units or 10,000 read capacity units for an individual table, you must Contact AWS to increase it. If you want to provision more than 20,000 write capacity units or 20,000 read capacity units from a single subscriber account, you must first contact AWS to request a limit increase.
Dynamo Db Performance: DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications.
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds
DAX improves response times for Eventually Consistent reads only.
With DAX, you point your API calls to the DAX cluster instead of your table.
If the item you are querying is on the cache, DAX will return it; otherwise, it will perform and Eventually Consistent GetItem operation to your DynamoDB table.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
DAX is not suitable for write-intensive applications or applications that require Strongly Consistent reads.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Dynamo Db Performance: ElastiCache
In-memory cache sits between your application and database
2 different caching strategies: Lazy loading and Write Through: Lazy loading only caches the data when it is requested
Elasticache Node failures are not fatal, just lots of cache misses
Avoid stale data by implementing a TTL.
Write-Through strategy writes data into cache whenever there is a change to the database. Data is never stale
Write-Through penalty: Each write involves a write to the cache. Elasticache node failure means that data is missing until added or updated in the database.
Elasticache is wasted resources if most of the data is never used.
Time To Live (TTL) for DynamoDB allows you to define when items in a table expire so that they can be automatically deleted from the database. TTL is provided at no extra cost as a way to reduce storage usage and reduce the cost of storing irrelevant data without using provisioned throughput. With TTL enabled on a table, you can set a timestamp for deletion on a per-item basis, allowing you to limit storage usage to only those records that are relevant.
DynamoDB Security: DynamoDB uses the CMK to generate and encrypt a unique data key for the table, known as the table key. With DynamoDB, AWS Owned, or AWS Managed CMK can be used to generate & encrypt keys. AWS Owned CMK is free of charge while AWS Managed CMK is chargeable. Customer managed CMK’s are not supported with encryption at rest.
Amazon DynamoDB offers fully managed encryption at rest. DynamoDB encryption at rest provides enhanced security by encrypting your data at rest using an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) managed encryption key for DynamoDB. This functionality eliminates the operational burden and complexity involved in protecting sensitive data.
DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management
DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns: How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table? How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction? How do you audit or archive transactions? How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)? As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit.
You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time.
AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region
20 global secondary indexes are allowed per table? (by default)
What is one key difference between a global secondary index and a local secondary index? A local secondary index must have the same partition key as the main table
How many tables can an AWS account have per region? 256
How many secondary indexes (global and local combined) are allowed per table? (by default): 25 You can define up to 5 local secondary indexes and 20 global secondary indexes per table (by default) – for a total of 25.
How can you increase your DynamoDB table limit in a region? By contacting AWS and requesting a limit increase
For any AWS account, there is an initial limit of 256 tables per region.
The minimum length of a partition key value is 1 byte. The maximum length is 2048 bytes.
The minimum length of a sort key value is 1 byte. The maximum length is 1024 bytes.
For tables with local secondary indexes, there is a 10 GB size limit per partition key value. A table with local secondary indexes can store any number of items, as long as the total size for any one partition key value does not exceed 10 GB.
The following diagram shows a local secondary index named LastPostIndex. Note that the partition key is the same as that of the Thread table, but the sort key is LastPostDateTime.
AWS DynamoDB secondary indexes example
Relational vs Non Relational (SQL vs NoSQL)
Relational vs Non RelationalSQL vs NOSQLSQL vs NoSQL in AWS
Q0: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Are you passionate about AI and looking for your next career challenge? In the fast-evolving world of artificial intelligence, connecting with the right opportunities can make all the difference. We're excited to recommend Mercor, a premier platform dedicated to bridging the gap between exceptional AI professionals and innovative companies.
Whether you're seeking roles in machine learning, data science, or other cutting-edge AI fields, Mercor offers a streamlined path to your ideal position. Explore the possibilities and accelerate your AI career by visiting Mercor through our exclusive referral link:
Your next big opportunity in AI could be just a click away!
Q2: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q3: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q4: A DynamoDB table is set with a Read Throughput capacity of 5 RCU. Which of the following read configuration will provide us the maximum read throughput?
A. Read capacity set to 5 for 4KB reads of data at strong consistency
B. Read capacity set to 5 for 4KB reads of data at eventual consistency
C. Read capacity set to 15 for 1KB reads of data at strong consistency
D. Read capacity set to 5 for 1KB reads of data at eventual consistency
Answer: B. The calculation of throughput capacity for option B would be: Read capacity(5) * Amount of data(4) = 20. Since its required at eventual consistency , we can double the read throughput to 20*2=40
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
Q5: Your team is developing a solution that will make use of DynamoDB tables. Due to the nature of the application, the data is needed across a couple of regions across the world. Which of the following would help reduce the latency of requests to DynamoDB from different regions?
A. Enable Multi-AZ for the DynamoDB table
B. Enable global tables for DynamoDB
C. Enable Indexes for the table
D. Increase the read and write throughput for the tablez
Answer: B Amazon DynamoDB global tables provide a fully managed solution for deploying a multi-region, multimaster database, without having to build and maintain your own replication solution. When you create a global table, you specify the AWS regions where you want the table to be available. DynamoDB performs all of the necessary tasks to create identical tables in these regions, and propagate ongoing data changes to all of them. Reference: Global Tables
Q6: An application is currently accessing a DynamoDB table. Currently the tables queries are performing well. Changes have been made to the application and now the performance of the application is starting to degrade. After looking at the changes , you see that the queries are making use of an attribute which is not the partition key? Which of the following would be the adequate change to make to resolve the issue?
A. Add an index for the DynamoDB table
B. Change all the queries to ensure they use the partition key
C. Enable global tables for DynamoDB
D. Change the read capacity on the table
Answer: A Amazon DynamoDB provides fast access to items in a table by specifying primary key values. However, many applications might benefit from having one or more secondary (or alternate) keys available, to allow efficient access to data with attributes other than the primary key. To address this, you can create one or more secondary indexes on a table, and issue Query or Scan requests against these indexes.
A secondary index is a data structure that contains a subset of attributes from a table, along with an alternate key to support Query operations. You can retrieve data from the index using a Query, in much the same way as you use Query with a table. A table can have multiple secondary indexes, which gives your applications access to many different query patterns.
Q7: Company B has created an e-commerce site using DynamoDB and is designing a products table that includes items purchased and the users who purchased the item. When creating a primary key on a table which of the following would be the best attribute for the partition key? Select the BEST possible answer.
A. None of these are correct.
B. user_id where there are many users to few products
C. category_id where there are few categories to many products
D. product_id where there are few products to many users
Answer: B. When designing tables it is important for the data to be distributed evenly across the entire table. It is best practice for performance to set your primary key where there are many primary keys to few rows. An example would be many users to few products. An example of bad design would be a primary key of product_id where there are few products but many users. When designing tables it is important for the data to be distributed evenly across the entire table. It is best practice for performance to set your primary key where there are many primary keys to few rows. An example would be many users to few products. An example of bad design would be a primary key of product_id where there are few products but many users. Reference: Partition Keys and Sort Keys
Q8: Which API call can be used to retrieve up to 100 items at a time or 16 MB of data from a DynamoDB table?
A. BatchItem
B. GetItem
C. BatchGetItem
D. ChunkGetItem
Answer: C. BatchGetItem
The BatchGetItem operation returns the attributes of one or more items from one or more tables. You identify requested items by primary key.
A single operation can retrieve up to 16 MB of data, which can contain as many as 100 items. BatchGetItem will return a partial result if the response size limit is exceeded, the table’s provisioned throughput is exceeded, or an internal processing failure occurs. If a partial result is returned, the operation returns a value for UnprocessedKeys. You can use this value to retry the operation starting with the next item to get.Reference: API-Specific Limits
Q9: Which DynamoDB limits can be raised by contacting AWS support?
A. The number of hash keys per account
B. The maximum storage used per account
C. The number of tables per account
D. The number of local secondary indexes per account
E. The number of provisioned throughput units per account
Answer: C. and E.
For any AWS account, there is an initial limit of 256 tables per region. AWS places some default limits on the throughput you can provision. These are the limits unless you request a higher amount. To request a service limit increase see https://aws.amazon.com/support.
Q10: Which approach below provides the least impact to provisioned throughput on the “Product” table?
A. Create an “Images” DynamoDB table to store the Image with a foreign key constraint to the “Product” table
B. Add an image data type to the “Product” table to store the images in binary format
C. Serialize the image and store it in multiple DynamoDB tables
D. Store the images in Amazon S3 and add an S3 URL pointer to the “Product” table item for each image
Answer: D.
Amazon DynamoDB currently limits the size of each item that you store in a table (see Limits in DynamoDB). If your application needs to store more data in an item than the DynamoDB size limit permits, you can try compressing one or more large attributes, or you can store them as an object in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) and store the Amazon S3 object identifier in your DynamoDB item. Compressing large attribute values can let them fit within item limits in DynamoDB and reduce your storage costs. Compression algorithms such as GZIP or LZO produce binary output that you can then store in a Binary attribute type. Reference: Best Practices for Storing Large Items and Attributes
Q11: You’re creating a forum DynamoDB database for hosting forums. Your “thread” table contains the forum name and each “forum name” can have one or more “subjects”. What primary key type would you give the thread table in order to allow more than one subject to be tied to the forum primary key name?
A. Hash
B. Range and Hash
C. Primary and Range
D. Hash and Range
Answer: D. Each forum name can have one or more subjects. In this case, ForumName is the hash attribute and Subject is the range attribute.
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
Definition 1: Amazon S3 or Amazon Simple Storage Service is a “simple storage service” offered by Amazon Web Services that provides object storage through a web service interface. Amazon S3 uses the same scalable storage infrastructure that Amazon.com uses to run its global e-commerce network.
Definition 2: Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) is an object storage service that offers industry-leading scalability, data availability, security, and performance.
AWS S3 Explained graphically:
Amazon S3 Explained
Amazon S3 Explained in picturesAmazon S3 Explained graphically
AWS S3 Facts and summaries
S3 is a universal namespace, meaning each S3 bucket you create must have a unique name that is not being used by anyone else in the world.
S3 is object based: i.e allows you to upload files.
Files can be from 0 Bytes to 5 TB
What is the maximum length, in bytes, of a DynamoDB range primary key attribute value? The maximum length of a DynamoDB range primary key attribute value is 2048 bytes (NOT 256 bytes).
S3 has unlimited storage.
Files are stored in Buckets.
Read after write consistency for PUTS of new Objects
Eventual Consistency for overwrite PUTS and DELETES (can take some time to propagate)
S3 Standard (durable, immediately available, frequently accesses)
Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering (S3 Intelligent-Tiering): It works by storing objects in two access tiers: one tier that is optimized for frequent access and another lower-cost tier that is optimized for infrequent access.
S3 – One Zone-Infrequent Access – S3 One Zone IA: Same ad IA. However, data is stored in a single Availability Zone only
S3 – Reduced Redundancy Storage (data that is easily reproducible, such as thumbnails, etc.)
Glacier – Archived data, where you can wait 3-5 hours before accessing
You can have a bucket that has different objects stored in S3 Standard, S3 Intelligent-Tiering, S3 Standard-IA, and S3 One Zone-IA.
The default URL for S3 hosted websites lists the bucket name first followed by s3-website-region.amazonaws.com . Example: enoumen.com.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com
Core fundamentals of an S3 object
Key (name)
Value (data)
Version (ID)
Metadata
Sub-resources (used to manage bucket-specific configuration)
Bucket Policies, ACLs,
CORS
Transfer Acceleration
Object-based storage only for files
Not suitable to install OS on.
Successful uploads will generate a HTTP 200 status code.
S3 Security – Summary
By default, all newly created buckets are PRIVATE.
You can set up access control to your buckets using:
Bucket Policies – Applied at the bucket level
Access Control Lists – Applied at an object level.
S3 buckets can be configured to create access logs, which log all requests made to the S3 bucket. These logs can be written to another bucket.
S3 Encryption
Encryption In-Transit (SSL/TLS)
Encryption At Rest:
Server side Encryption (SSE-S3, SSE-KMS, SSE-C)
Client Side Encryption
Remember that we can use a Bucket policy to prevent unencrypted files from being uploaded by creating a policy which only allows requests which include the x-amz-server-side-encryption parameter in the request header.
S3 CORS (Cross Origin Resource Sharing): CORS defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain.
Used to enable cross origin access for your AWS resources, e.g. S3 hosted website accessing javascript or image files located in another bucket. By default, resources in one bucket cannot access resources located in another. To allow this we need to configure CORS on the bucket being accessed and enable access for the origin (bucket) attempting to access.
Always use the S3 website URL, not the regular bucket URL. E.g.: https://s3-eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/acloudguru
S3 CloudFront:
Edge locations are not just READ only – you can WRITE to them too (i.e put an object on to them.)
Objects are cached for the life of the TTL (Time to Live)
You can clear cached objects, but you will be charged. (Invalidation)
S3 Performance optimization – 2 main approaches to Performance Optimization for S3:
GET-Intensive Workloads – Use Cloudfront
Mixed Workload – Avoid sequencial key names for your S3 objects. Instead, add a random prefix like a hex hash to the key name to prevent multiple objects from being stored on the same partition.
The best way to handle large objects uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts.
You can enable versioning on a bucket, even if that bucket already has objects in it. The already existing objects, though, will show their versions as null. All new objects will have version IDs.
Bucket names cannot start with a . or – characters. S3 bucket names can contain both the . and – characters. There can only be one . or one – between labels. E.G mybucket-com mybucket.com are valid names but mybucket–com and mybucket..com are not valid bucket names.
What is the maximum number of S3 buckets allowed per AWS account (by default)? 100
You successfully upload an item to the us-east-1 region. You then immediately make another API call and attempt to read the object. What will happen? All AWS regions now have read-after-write consistency for PUT operations of new objects. Read-after-write consistency allows you to retrieve objects immediately after creation in Amazon S3. Other actions still follow the eventual consistency model (where you will sometimes get stale results if you have recently made changes)
S3 bucket policies require a Principal be defined. Review the access policy elements here
What checksums does Amazon S3 employ to detect data corruption? Amazon S3 uses a combination of Content-MD5 checksums and cyclic redundancy checks (CRCs) to detect data corruption. Amazon S3 performs these checksums on data at rest and repairs any corruption using redundant data. In addition, the service calculates checksums on all network traffic to detect corruption of data packets when storing or retrieving data.
Q0: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Are you passionate about AI and looking for your next career challenge? In the fast-evolving world of artificial intelligence, connecting with the right opportunities can make all the difference. We're excited to recommend Mercor, a premier platform dedicated to bridging the gap between exceptional AI professionals and innovative companies.
Whether you're seeking roles in machine learning, data science, or other cutting-edge AI fields, Mercor offers a streamlined path to your ideal position. Explore the possibilities and accelerate your AI career by visiting Mercor through our exclusive referral link:
Your next big opportunity in AI could be just a click away!
Q2: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q3: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can congure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would congure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q4: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q5: Both ACLs and Bucket Policies can be used to grant access to S3 buckets. Which of the following statements is true about ACLs and Bucket policies?
A. Bucket Policies are Written in JSON and ACLs are written in XML
B. ACLs can be attached to S3 objects or S3 Buckets
C. Bucket Policies and ACLs are written in JSON
D. Bucket policies are only attached to s3 buckets, ACLs are only attached to s3 objects
Answer: A. and B. Only Bucket Policies are written in JSON, ACLs are written in XML. While Bucket policies are indeed only attached to S3 buckets, ACLs can be attached to S3 Buckets OR S3 Objects. Reference:
Q6: What are good options to improve S3 performance when you have significantly high numbers of GET requests?
A. Introduce random prefixes to S3 objects
B. Introduce random suffixes to S3 objects
C. Setup CloudFront for S3 objects
D. Migrate commonly used objects to Amazon Glacier
Answer: C CloudFront caching is an excellent way to avoid putting extra strain on the S3 service and to improve the response times of reqeusts by caching data closer to users at CloudFront locations. S3 Transfer Acceleration optimizes the TCP protocol and adds additional intelligence between the client and the S3 bucket, making S3 Transfer Acceleration a better choice if a higher throughput is desired. If you have objects that are smaller than 1GB or if the data set is less than 1GB in size, you should consider using Amazon CloudFront’s PUT/POST commands for optimal performance. Reference: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration
Q7: If an application is storing hourly log files from thousands of instances from a high traffic web site, which naming scheme would give optimal performance on S3?
A. Sequential
B. HH-DD-MM-YYYY-log_instanceID
C. YYYY-MM-DD-HH-log_instanceID
D. instanceID_log-HH-DD-MM-YYYY
E. instanceID_log-YYYY-MM-DD-HH
Answer: A. B. C. D. and E. Amazon S3 now provides increased performance to support at least 3,500 requests per second to add data and 5,500 requests per second to retrieve data, which can save significant processing time for no additional charge. Each S3 prefix can support these request rates, making it simple to increase performance significantly. This S3 request rate performance increase removes any previous guidance to randomize object prefixes to achieve faster performance. That means you can now use logical or sequential naming patterns in S3 object naming without any performance implications.
Q9: You created three S3 buckets – “mywebsite.com”, “downloads.mywebsite.com”, and “www.mywebsite.com”. You uploaded your files and enabled static website hosting. You specified both of the default documents under the “enable static website hosting” header. You also set the “Make Public” permission for the objects in each of the three buckets. You create the Route 53 Aliases for the three buckets. You are going to have your end users test your websites by browsing to http://mydomain.com/error.html, http://downloads.mydomain.com/index.html, and http://www.mydomain.com. What problems will your testers encounter?
A. http://mydomain.com/error.html will not work because you did not set a value for the error.html file
B. There will be no problems, all three sites should work.
C. http://www.mywebsite.com will not work because the URL does not include a file name at the end of it.
D. http://downloads.mywebsite.com/index.html will not work because the “downloads” prefix is not a supported prefix for S3 websites using Route 53 aliases
Answer: B. It used to be that the only allowed domain prefix when creating Route 53 Aliases for S3 static websites was the “www” prefix. However, this is no longer the case. You can now use other subdomain.
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Are you passionate about AI and looking for your next career challenge? In the fast-evolving world of artificial intelligence, connecting with the right opportunities can make all the difference. We're excited to recommend Mercor, a premier platform dedicated to bridging the gap between exceptional AI professionals and innovative companies.
Whether you're seeking roles in machine learning, data science, or other cutting-edge AI fields, Mercor offers a streamlined path to your ideal position. Explore the possibilities and accelerate your AI career by visiting Mercor through our exclusive referral link:
Your next big opportunity in AI could be just a click away!
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Question: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function. Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. ReferenceText: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions. ReferenceUrl: https://aws.amazon.com/step-functions/getting-started/ Category: Development
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Q82: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function.
Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. Reference: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions.
Category: Development
Q83: A company is migrating a web service to the AWS Cloud. The web service accepts requests by using HTTP (port 80). The company wants to use an AWS Lambda function to process HTTP requests. Which application design will satisfy these requirements? A. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure proxy integration with the Lambda function. B. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure non-proxy integration with the Lambda function. C. Configure the Lambda function to listen to inbound network connections on port 80. D. Configure the Lambda function as a target in the Application Load Balancer target group.
Answer: D. Notes: Elastic Load Balancing supports Lambda functions as a target for an Application Load Balancer. You can use load balancer rules to route HTTP requests to a function, based on the path or the header values. Then, process the request and return an HTTP response from your Lambda function. Reference: Using AWS Lambda with an Application Load Balancer. Category: Development
Q84: A company is developing an image processing application. When an image is uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket, a number of independent and separate services must be invoked to process the image. The services do not have to be available immediately, but they must process every image. Which application design satisfies these requirements? A. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Each service pulls the message from the same queue. B. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Each service subscribes to the same topic. C. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Subscribe a separate Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for each service to an Amazon SQS queue. D. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe a separate Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for each service to the Amazon SNS topic.
Answer: D. Notes: Each service can subscribe to an individual Amazon SQS queue, which receives an event notification from the Amazon SNS topic. This is a fanout architectural implementation. Reference: Common Amazon SNS scenarios. Category: Development
Q85: A developer wants to implement Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling for a Multi-AZ web application. However, the developer is concerned that user sessions will be lost during scale-in events. How can the developer store the session state and share it across the EC2 instances? A. Write the sessions to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure the application to poll the stream. B. Publish the sessions to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe each instance in the group to the topic. C. Store the sessions in an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster. Configure the application to use the Memcached API. D. Write the sessions to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the volume to each instance in the group.
Answer: C. Notes: ElastiCache for Memcached is a distributed in-memory data store or cache environment in the cloud. It will meet the developer’s requirement of persistent storage and is fast to access. Reference: What is Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached?
Q86: A developer is integrating a legacy web application that runs on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon DynamoDB table. There is no AWS SDK for the programming language that was used to implement the web application. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to make an API call to Amazon DynamoDB from the instances? (Select TWO.) A. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include an XML document that contains the request attributes. B. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include a JSON document that contains the request attributes. C. Sign the requests by using AWS access keys and Signature Version 4. D. Use an EC2 SSH key to calculate Signature Version 4 of the request. E. Provide the signature value through the HTTP X-API-Key header.
Answer: B. C. Notes: The HTTPS-based low-level AWS API for DynamoDB uses JSON as a wire protocol format. When you send HTTP requests to AWS, you sign the requests so that AWS can identify who sent them. Requests are signed with your AWS access key, which consists of an access key ID and secret access key. AWS supports two signature versions: Signature Version 4 and Signature Version 2. AWS recommends the use of Signature Version 4. Reference: Signing AWS API requests. Category: Development
Q87: A developer has written several custom applications that read and write to the same Amazon DynamoDB table. Each time the data in the DynamoDB table is modified, this change should be sent to an external API. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to accomplish this task? (Select TWO.) A. Configure an AWS Lambda function to poll the stream and call the external API. B. Configure an event in Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) that publishes the change to an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) data stream. C. Create a trigger in the DynamoDB table to publish the change to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. D. Deliver the stream to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic and subscribe the API to the topic. E. Enable DynamoDB Streams on the table.
Answer: A. E. Notes: If you enable DynamoDB Streams on a table, you can associate the stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with an Lambda function that you write. Immediately after an item in the table is modified, a new record appears in the table’s stream. Lambda polls the stream and invokes your Lambda function synchronously when it detects new stream records. You can enable DynamoDB Streams on a table to create an event that invokes an AWS Lambda function. Reference: Tutorial: Process New Items with DynamoDB Streams and Lambda. Category: Monitoring
Q88: A company is migrating the create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) functionality of an existing Java web application to AWS Lambda. Which minimal code refactoring is necessary for the CRUD operations to run in the Lambda function? A. Implement a Lambda handler function. B. Import an AWS X-Ray package. C. Rewrite the application code in Python. D. Add a reference to the Lambda execution role.
Answer: A. Notes: Every Lambda function needs a Lambda-specific handler. Specifics of authoring vary between runtimes, but all runtimes share a common programming model that defines the interface between your code and the runtime code. You tell the runtime which method to run by defining a handler in the function configuration. The runtime runs that method. Next, the runtime passes in objects to the handler that contain the invocation event and context, such as the function name and request ID. Reference: Getting started with Lambda. Category: Refactoring
Q89: A company plans to use AWS log monitoring services to monitor an application that runs on premises. Currently, the application runs on a recent version of Ubuntu Server and outputs the logs to a local file. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to accomplish this goal? (Select TWO.) A. Update the application code to include calls to the agent API for log collection. B. Install the Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container agent on the server. C. Install the unified Amazon CloudWatch agent on the server. D. Configure the long-term AWS credentials on the server to enable log collection by the agent. E. Attach an IAM role to the server to enable log collection by the agent.
Answer: C. D. Notes: The unified CloudWatch agent needs to be installed on the server. Ubuntu Server 18.04 is one of the many supported operating systems. When you install the unified CloudWatch agent on an on-premises server, you will specify a named profile that contains the credentials of the IAM user. Reference: Collecting metrics and logs from Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers with the CloudWatch agent. Category: Monitoring
Q90: A developer wants to monitor invocations of an AWS Lambda function by using Amazon CloudWatch Logs. The developer added a number of print statements to the function code that write the logging information to the stdout stream. After running the function, the developer does not see any log data being generated. Why does the log data NOT appear in the CloudWatch logs? A. The log data is not written to the stderr stream. B. Lambda function logging is not automatically enabled. C. The execution role for the Lambda function did not grant permissions to write log data to CloudWatch Logs. D. The Lambda function outputs the logs to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Answer: C. Notes: The function needs permission to call CloudWatch Logs. Update the execution role to grant the permission. You can use the managed policy of AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole. Reference: Troubleshoot execution issues in Lambda. Category: Monitoting
Q91: Which of the following are best practices you should implement into ongoing deployments of your application? (Select THREE.)
A. Use stage variables to manage secrets across environments B. Create account-specific AWS SAM templates for each environment C. Use an AutoPublish alias D. Use traffic shifting with pre- and post-deployment hooks E. Test throughout the pipeline
Q92: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Answer: A. B. D.
Notes: Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using,
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Question: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function. Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. ReferenceText: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions. ReferenceUrl: https://aws.amazon.com/step-functions/getting-started/ Category: Development
What is the AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam?
This AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination is intended for individuals who perform a Developer role. It validates an examinee’s ability to:
Demonstrate an understanding of core AWS services, uses, and basic AWS architecture best practices
Demonstrate proficiency in developing, deploying, and debugging cloud-based applications by using AWS
Recommended general IT knowledge The target candidate should have the following: – In-depth knowledge of at least one high-level programming language – Understanding of application lifecycle management – The ability to write code for serverless applications – Understanding of the use of containers in the development process
Recommended AWS knowledge The target candidate should be able to do the following:
Use the AWS service APIs, CLI, and software development kits (SDKs) to write applications
Identify key features of AWS services
Understand the AWS shared responsibility model
Use a continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline to deploy applications on AWS
Use and interact with AWS services
Apply basic understanding of cloud-native applications to write code
Write code by using AWS security best practices (for example, use IAM roles instead of secret and access keys in the code)
Author, maintain, and debug code modules on AWS
What is considered out of scope for the target candidate? The following is a non-exhaustive list of related job tasks that the target candidate is not expected to be able to perform. These items are considered out of scope for the exam: – Design architectures (for example, distributed system, microservices) – Design and implement CI/CD pipelines
Administer IAM users and groups
Administer Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)
Design AWS networking infrastructure (for example, Amazon VPC, AWS Direct Connect)
Understand compliance and licensing
Exam content Response types There are two types of questions on the exam: – Multiple choice: Has one correct response and three incorrect responses (distractors) – Multiple response: Has two or more correct responses out of five or more response options Select one or more responses that best complete the statement or answer the question. Distractors, or incorrect answers, are response options that a candidate with incomplete knowledge or skill might choose. Distractors are generally plausible responses that match the content area. Unanswered questions are scored as incorrect; there is no penalty for guessing. The exam includes 50 questions that will affect your score.
Unscored content The exam includes 15 unscored questions that do not affect your score. AWS collects information about candidate performance on these unscored questions to evaluate these questions for future use as scored questions. These unscored questions are not identified on the exam.
Exam results The AWS Certified Developer – Associate (DVA-C01) exam is a pass or fail exam. The exam is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals who follow certification industry best practices and guidelines. Your results for the exam are reported as a scaled score of 100–1,000. The minimum passing score is 720. Your score shows how you performed on the exam as a whole and whether you passed. Scaled scoring models help equate scores across multiple exam forms that might have slightly different difficulty levels. Your score report could contain a table of classifications of your performance at each section level. This information is intended to provide general feedback about your exam performance. The exam uses a compensatory scoring model, which means that you do not need to achieve a passing score in each section. You need to pass only the overall exam. Each section of the exam has a specific weighting, so some sections have more questions than other sections have. The table contains general information that highlights your strengths and weaknesses. Use caution when interpreting section-level feedback.
Content outline This exam guide includes weightings, test domains, and objectives for the exam. It is not a comprehensive listing of the content on the exam. However, additional context for each of the objectives is available to help guide your preparation for the exam. The following table lists the main content domains and their weightings. The table precedes the complete exam content outline, which includes the additional context. The percentage in each domain represents only scored content.
Domain 1: Deployment 22% Domain 2: Security 26% Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 30% Domain 4: Refactoring 10% Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting 12%
Domain 1: Deployment 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. – Commit code to a repository and invoke build, test and/or deployment actions – Use labels and branches for version and release management – Use AWS CodePipeline to orchestrate workflows against different environments – Apply AWS CodeCommit, AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodePipeline, AWS CodeStar, and AWS CodeDeploy for CI/CD purposes – Perform a roll back plan based on application deployment policy
1.2 Deploy applications using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. – Utilize existing supported environments to define a new application stack – Package the application – Introduce a new application version into the Elastic Beanstalk environment – Utilize a deployment policy to deploy an application version (i.e., all at once, rolling, rolling with batch, immutable) – Validate application health using Elastic Beanstalk dashboard – Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to instrument application logging
1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. – Manage the dependencies of the code module (like environment variables, config files and static image files) within the package – Outline the package/container directory structure and organize files appropriately – Translate application resource requirements to AWS infrastructure parameters (e.g., memory, cores)
1.4 Deploy serverless applications. – Given a use case, implement and launch an AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template – Manage environments in individual AWS services (e.g., Differentiate between Development, Test, and Production in Amazon API Gateway)
Domain 2: Security 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. – Communicate required policy based on least privileges required by application. – Assume an IAM role to access a service – Use the software development kit (SDK) credential provider on-premises or in the cloud to access AWS services (local credentials vs. instance roles)
2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. – Encrypt data at rest (client side; server side; envelope encryption) using AWS services – Encrypt data in transit
2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization. – Add user sign-up and sign-in functionality for applications with Amazon Cognito identity or user pools – Use Amazon Cognito-provided credentials to write code that access AWS services. – Use Amazon Cognito sync to synchronize user profiles and data – Use developer-authenticated identities to interact between end user devices, backend authentication, and Amazon Cognito
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. – Compare and contrast server-based vs. serverless model (e.g., micro services, stateless nature of serverless applications, scaling serverless applications, and decoupling layers of serverless applications) – Configure AWS Lambda functions by defining environment variables and parameters (e.g., memory, time out, runtime, handler) – Create an API endpoint using Amazon API Gateway – Create and test appropriate API actions like GET, POST using the API endpoint – Apply Amazon DynamoDB concepts (e.g., tables, items, and attributes) – Compute read/write capacity units for Amazon DynamoDB based on application requirements – Associate an AWS Lambda function with an AWS event source (e.g., Amazon API Gateway, Amazon CloudWatch event, Amazon S3 events, Amazon Kinesis) – Invoke an AWS Lambda function synchronously and asynchronously
3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. – Determine real-time vs. batch processing for a given use case – Determine use of synchronous vs. asynchronous for a given use case – Determine use of event vs. schedule/poll for a given use case – Account for tradeoffs for consistency models in an application design
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize applications to best use AWS services and features. Implement AWS caching services to optimize performance (e.g., Amazon ElastiCache, Amazon API Gateway cache) Apply an Amazon S3 naming scheme for optimal read performance
4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS. – Isolate dependencies – Run the application as one or more stateless processes – Develop in order to enable horizontal scalability – Externalize state
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting
5.1 Write code that can be monitored. – Create custom Amazon CloudWatch metrics – Perform logging in a manner available to systems operators – Instrument application source code to enable tracing in AWS X-Ray
5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production. – Interpret the outputs from the logging mechanism in AWS to identify errors in logs – Check build and testing history in AWS services (e.g., AWS CodeBuild, AWS CodeDeploy, AWS CodePipeline) to identify issues – Utilize AWS services (e.g., Amazon CloudWatch, VPC Flow Logs, and AWS X-Ray) to locate a specific faulty component
Which key tools, technologies, and concepts might be covered on the exam?
The following is a non-exhaustive list of the tools and technologies that could appear on the exam. This list is subject to change and is provided to help you understand the general scope of services, features, or technologies on the exam. The general tools and technologies in this list appear in no particular order. AWS services are grouped according to their primary functions. While some of these technologies will likely be covered more than others on the exam, the order and placement of them in this list is no indication of relative weight or importance: – Analytics – Application Integration – Containers – Cost and Capacity Management – Data Movement – Developer Tools – Instances (virtual machines) – Management and Governance – Networking and Content Delivery – Security – Serverless
Management and Governance: – AWS CloudFormation – Amazon CloudWatch
Networking and Content Delivery: – Amazon API Gateway – Amazon CloudFront – Elastic Load Balancing
Security, Identity, and Compliance: – Amazon Cognito – AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) – AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
Storage: – Amazon S3
Out-of-scope AWS services and features
The following is a non-exhaustive list of AWS services and features that are not covered on the exam. These services and features do not represent every AWS offering that is excluded from the exam content. Services or features that are entirely unrelated to the target job roles for the exam are excluded from this list because they are assumed to be irrelevant. Out-of-scope AWS services and features include the following: – AWS Application Discovery Service – Amazon AppStream 2.0 – Amazon Chime – Amazon Connect – AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) – AWS Device Farm – Amazon Elastic Transcoder – Amazon GameLift – Amazon Lex – Amazon Machine Learning (Amazon ML) – AWS Managed Services – Amazon Mobile Analytics – Amazon Polly
– Amazon QuickSight – Amazon Rekognition – AWS Server Migration Service (AWS SMS) – AWS Service Catalog – AWS Shield Advanced – AWS Shield Standard – AWS Snow Family – AWS Storage Gateway – AWS WAF – Amazon WorkMail – Amazon WorkSpaces
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
AWS Certified Developer – Associate Practice Questions And Answers Dump
Q0: Your application reads commands from an SQS queue and sends them to web services hosted by your partners. When a partner’s endpoint goes down, your application continually returns their commands to the queue. The repeated attempts to deliver these commands use up resources. Commands that can’t be delivered must not be lost. How can you accommodate the partners’ broken web services without wasting your resources?
A. Create a delay queue and set DelaySeconds to 30 seconds
B. Requeue the message with a VisibilityTimeout of 30 seconds.
C. Create a dead letter queue and set the Maximum Receives to 3.
D. Requeue the message with a DelaySeconds of 30 seconds.
C. After a message is taken from the queue and returned for the maximum number of retries, it is automatically sent to a dead letter queue, if one has been configured. It stays there until you retrieve it for forensic purposes.
Q1: A developer is writing an application that will store data in a DynamoDB table. The ratio of reads operations to write operations will be 1000 to 1, with the same data being accessed frequently. What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. The AWS Documentation mentions the following:
DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q2: You are creating a DynamoDB table with the following attributes:
PurchaseOrderNumber (partition key)
CustomerID
PurchaseDate
TotalPurchaseValue
One of your applications must retrieve items from the table to calculate the total value of purchases for a particular customer over a date range. What secondary index do you need to add to the table?
A. Local secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
B. Local secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. Global secondary index with a partition key of CustomerID and sort key of PurchaseDate; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
D. Global secondary index with a partition key of PurchaseDate and sort key of CustomerID; project the TotalPurchaseValue attribute
C. The query is for a particular CustomerID, so a Global Secondary Index is needed for a different partition key. To retrieve only the desired date range, the PurchaseDate must be the sort key. Projecting the TotalPurchaseValue into the index provides all the data needed to satisfy the use case.
Global secondary index — an index with a hash and range key that can be different from those on the table. A global secondary index is considered “global” because queries on the index can span all of the data in a table, across all partitions.
Local secondary index — an index that has the same hash key as the table, but a different range key. A local secondary index is “local” in the sense that every partition of a local secondary index is scoped to a table partition that has the same hash key.
Local Secondary Indexes still rely on the original Hash Key. When you supply a table with hash+range, think about the LSI as hash+range1, hash+range2.. hash+range6. You get 5 more range attributes to query on. Also, there is only one provisioned throughput.
Global Secondary Indexes defines a new paradigm – different hash/range keys per index. This breaks the original usage of one hash key per table. This is also why when defining GSI you are required to add a provisioned throughput per index and pay for it.
Local Secondary Indexes can only be created when you are creating the table, there is no way to add Local Secondary Index to an existing table, also once you create the index you cannot delete it.
Global Secondary Indexes can be created when you create the table and added to an existing table, deleting an existing Global Secondary Index is also allowed.
Throughput :
Local Secondary Indexes consume throughput from the table. When you query records via the local index, the operation consumes read capacity units from the table. When you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a local index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index. Both operations will consume write capacity units from the table.
Global Secondary Indexes have their own provisioned throughput, when you query the index the operation will consume read capacity from the index, when you perform a write operation (create, update, delete) in a table that has a global index, there will be two write operations, one for the table another for the index*.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q5: Lambda allows you to upload code and dependencies for function packages:
A. Only from a directly uploaded zip file
B. Only via SFTP
C. Only from a zip file in AWS S3
D. From a zip file in AWS S3 or uploaded directly from elsewhere
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q7: You are attempting to SSH into an EC2 instance that is located in a public subnet. However, you are currently receiving a timeout error trying to connect. What could be a possible cause of this connection issue?
A. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic, but does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
B. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND has an outbound rule that explicitly denies SSH traffic.
C. The security group associated with the EC2 instance has an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL has both an inbound and outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. The security group associated with the EC2 instance does not have an inbound rule that allows SSH traffic AND the associated NACL does not have an outbound rule that allows SSH traffic.
D. Security groups are stateful, so you do NOT have to have an explicit outbound rule for return requests. However, NACLs are stateless so you MUST have an explicit outbound rule configured for return request.
Q8: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet.
Q9: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture.
Q11: You’re writing a script with an AWS SDK that uses the AWS API Actions and want to create AMIs for non-EBS backed AMIs for you. Which API call should occurs in the final process of creating an AMI?
A. RegisterImage
B. CreateImage
C. ami-register-image
D. ami-create-image
A. It is actually – RegisterImage. All AWS API Actions will follow the capitalization like this and don’t have hyphens in them.
Q12: When dealing with session state in EC2-based applications using Elastic load balancers which option is generally thought of as the best practice for managing user sessions?
A. Having the ELB distribute traffic to all EC2 instances and then having the instance check a caching solution like ElastiCache running Redis or Memcached for session information
B. Permenantly assigning users to specific instances and always routing their traffic to those instances
C. Using Application-generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance for the cookie duration
D. Using Elastic Load Balancer generated cookies to tie a user session to a particular instance
Q14: What is one key difference between an Amazon EBS-backed and an instance-store backed instance?
A. Autoscaling requires using Amazon EBS-backed instances
B. Virtual Private Cloud requires EBS backed instances
C. Amazon EBS-backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
D. Instance-store backed instances can be stopped and restarted without losing data
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. Instance-store backed images use “ephemeral” storage (temporary). The storage is only available during the life of an instance. Rebooting an instance will allow ephemeral data stay persistent. However, stopping and starting an instance will remove all ephemeral storage.
Q15: After having created a new Linux instance on Amazon EC2, and downloaded the .pem file (called Toto.pem) you try and SSH into your IP address (54.1.132.33) using the following command. ssh -i my_key.pem ec2-user@52.2.222.22 However you receive the following error. @@@@@@@@ WARNING: UNPROTECTED PRIVATE KEY FILE! @ @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ What is the most probable reason for this and how can you fix it?
A. You do not have root access on your terminal and need to use the sudo option for this to work.
B. You do not have enough permissions to perform the operation.
C. Your key file is encrypted. You need to use the -u option for unencrypted not the -i option.
D. Your key file must not be publicly viewable for SSH to work. You need to modify your .pem file to limit permissions.
D. You need to run something like: chmod 400 my_key.pem
Q16: You have an EBS root device on /dev/sda1 on one of your EC2 instances. You are having trouble with this particular instance and you need to either Stop/Start, Reboot or Terminate the instance but you do NOT want to lose any data that you have stored on /dev/sda1. However, you are unsure if changing the instance state in any of the aforementioned ways will cause you to lose data stored on the EBS volume. Which of the below statements best describes the effect each change of instance state would have on the data you have stored on /dev/sda1?
A. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral and the data will not be lost regardless of what method is used.
B. If you stop/start the instance the data will not be lost. However if you either terminate or reboot the instance the data will be lost.
C. Whether you stop/start, reboot or terminate the instance it does not matter because data on an EBS volume is ephemeral and it will be lost no matter what method is used.
D. The data will be lost if you terminate the instance, however the data will remain on /dev/sda1 if you reboot or stop/start the instance because data on an EBS volume is not ephemeral.
D. The question states that an EBS-backed root device is mounted at /dev/sda1, and EBS volumes maintain information regardless of the instance state. If it was instance store, this would be a different answer.
Q17: EC2 instances are launched from Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). A given public AMI:
A. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS availability zone as the AMI is stored
B. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same country as the AMI is stored
C. Can only be used to launch EC2 instances in the same AWS region as the AMI is stored
D. Can be used to launch EC2 instances in any AWS region
C. AMIs are only available in the region they are created. Even in the case of the AWS-provided AMIs, AWS has actually copied the AMIs for you to different regions. You cannot access an AMI from one region in another region. However, you can copy an AMI from one region to another
Q18: Which of the following statements is true about the Elastic File System (EFS)?
A. EFS can scale out to meet capacity requirements and scale back down when no longer needed
B. EFS can be used by multiple EC2 instances simultaneously
C. EFS cannot be used by an instance using EBS
D. EFS can be configured on an instance before launch just like an IAM role or EBS volumes
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
A. The ability to create custom permission policies.
B. Assigning IAM permission policies to more than one user at a time.
C. Easier user/policy management.
D. Allowing EC2 instances to gain access to S3.
B. and C.
A. is incorrect: This is a benefit of IAM generally or a benefit of IAM policies. But IAM groups don’t create policies, they have policies attached to them.
Q22: What should the Developer enable on the DynamoDB table to optimize performance and minimize costs?
A. Amazon DynamoDB auto scaling
B. Amazon DynamoDB cross-region replication
C. Amazon DynamoDB Streams
D. Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator
D. DAX is a DynamoDB-compatible caching service that enables you to benefit from fast in-memory performance for demanding applications. DAX addresses three core scenarios:
As an in-memory cache, DAX reduces the response times of eventually-consistent read workloads by an order of magnitude, from single-digit milliseconds to microseconds.
DAX reduces operational and application complexity by providing a managed service that is API-compatible with Amazon DynamoDB, and thus requires only minimal functional changes to use with an existing application.
For read-heavy or bursty workloads, DAX provides increased throughput and potential operational cost savings by reducing the need to over-provision read capacity units. This is especially beneficial for applications that require repeated reads for individual keys.
Q23: A Developer has been asked to create an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for a production web application which needs to handle thousands of requests. Currently the dev environment is running on a t1 micro instance. How can the Developer change the EC2 instance type to m4.large?
A. Use CloudFormation to migrate the Amazon EC2 instance type of the environment from t1 micro to m4.large.
B. Create a saved configuration file in Amazon S3 with the instance type as m4.large and use the same during environment creation.
C. Change the instance type to m4.large in the configuration details page of the Create New Environment page.
D. Change the instance type value for the environment to m4.large by using update autoscaling group CLI command.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI set configuration options when you create an environment. You can also set configuration options in saved configurations and configuration files. If the same option is set in multiple locations, the value used is determined by the order of precedence. Configuration option settings can be composed in text format and saved prior to environment creation, applied during environment creation using any supported client, and added, modified or removed after environment creation. During environment creation, configuration options are applied from multiple sources with the following precedence, from highest to lowest:
Settings applied directly to the environment – Settings specified during a create environment or update environment operation on the Elastic Beanstalk API by any client, including the AWS Management Console, EB CLI, AWS CLI, and SDKs. The AWS Management Console and EB CLI also applyrecommended values for some options that apply at this level unless overridden.
Saved Configurations– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment are loaded from a saved configuration, if specified.
Configuration Files (.ebextensions)– Settings for any options that are not applied directly to the environment, and also not specified in a saved configuration, are loaded from configuration files in the .ebextensions folder at the root of the application source bundle.
Configuration files are executed in alphabetical order. For example,.ebextensions/01run.configis executed before.ebextensions/02do.config.
Default Values– If a configuration option has a default value, it only applies when the option is not set at any of the above levels.
If the same configuration option is defined in more than one location, the setting with the highest precedence is applied. When a setting is applied from a saved configuration or settings applied directly to the environment, the setting is stored as part of the environment’s configuration. These settings can be removed with the AWS CLI or with the EB CLI . Settings in configuration files are not applied directly to the environment and cannot be removed without modifying the configuration files and deploying a new application version.If a setting applied with one of the other methods is removed, the same setting will be loaded from configuration files in the source bundle.
Q24: What statements are true about Availability Zones (AZs) and Regions?
A. There is only one AZ in each AWS Region
B. AZs are geographically separated inside a region to help protect against natural disasters affecting more than one at a time.
C. AZs can be moved between AWS Regions based on your needs
D. There are (almost always) two or more AZs in each AWS Region
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Q26: Which read request in DynamoDB returns a response with the most up-to-date data, reflecting the updates from all prior write operations that were successful?
A. Eventual Consistent Reads
B. Conditional reads for Consistency
C. Strongly Consistent Reads
D. Not possible
C. This is provided very clearly in the AWS documentation as shown below with regards to the read consistency for DynamoDB. Only in Strong Read consistency can you be guaranteed that you get the write read value after all the writes are completed.
Q27: You’ ve been asked to move an existing development environment on the AWS Cloud. This environment consists mainly of Docker based containers. You need to ensure that minimum effort is taken during the migration process. Which of the following step would you consider for this requirement?
A. Create an Opswork stack and deploy the Docker containers
B. Create an application and Environment for the Docker containers in the Elastic Beanstalk service
C. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers.
D. Create an EC2 Instance. Install Docker and deploy the necessary containers. Add an Autoscaling Group for scalability of the containers.
B. The Elastic Beanstalk service is the ideal service to quickly provision development environments. You can also create environments which can be used to host Docker based containers.
Q28: You’ve written an application that uploads objects onto an S3 bucket. The size of the object varies between 200 – 500 MB. You’ve seen that the application sometimes takes a longer than expected time to upload the object. You want to improve the performance of the application. Which of the following would you consider?
A. Create multiple threads and upload the objects in the multiple threads
B. Write the items in batches for better performance
C. Use the Multipart upload API
D. Enable versioning on the Bucket
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
C. All other options are invalid since the best way to handle large object uploads to the S3 service is to use the Multipart upload API. The Multipart upload API enables you to upload large objects in parts. You can use this API to upload new large objects or make a copy of an existing object. Multipart uploading is a three-step process: You initiate the upload, you upload the object parts, and after you have uploaded all the parts, you complete the multipart upload. Upon receiving the complete multipart upload request, Amazon S3 constructs the object from the uploaded parts, and you can then access the object just as you would any other object in your bucket.
Q29: A security system monitors 600 cameras, saving image metadata every 1 minute to an Amazon DynamoDb table. Each sample involves 1kb of data, and the data writes are evenly distributed over time. How much write throughput is required for the target table?
A. 6000
B. 10
C. 3600
D. 600
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
B. When you mention the write capacity of a table in Dynamo DB, you mention it as the number of 1KB writes per second. So in the above question, since the write is happening every minute, we need to divide the value of 600 by 60, to get the number of KB writes per second. This gives a value of 10.
You can specify the Write capacity in the Capacity tab of the DynamoDB table.
Q33: You have instances inside private subnets and a properly configured bastion host instance in a public subnet. None of the instances in the private subnets have a public or Elastic IP address. How can you connect an instance in the private subnet to the open internet to download system updates?
A. Create and assign EIP to each instance
B. Create and attach a second IGW to the VPC.
C. Create and utilize a NAT Gateway
D. Connect to a VPN
C. You can use a network address translation (NAT) gateway in a public subnet in your VPC to enable instances in the private subnet to initiate outbound traffic to the Internet, but prevent the instances from receiving inbound traffic initiated by someone on the Internet. Reference: AWS Network Address Translation Gateway
Q34: What feature of VPC networking should you utilize if you want to create “elasticity” in your application’s architecture?
A. Security Groups
B. Route Tables
C. Elastic Load Balancer
D. Auto Scaling
D. Auto scaling is designed specifically with elasticity in mind. Auto scaling allows for the increase and decrease of compute power based on demand, thus creating elasticity in the architecture. Reference: AWS Autoscalling
Q31: An organization is using an Amazon ElastiCache cluster in front of their Amazon RDS instance. The organization would like the Developer to implement logic into the code so that the cluster only retrieves data from RDS when there is a cache miss. What strategy can the Developer implement to achieve this?
A. Lazy loading
B. Write-through
C. Error retries
D. Exponential backoff
Answer:
Answer – A Whenever your application requests data, it first makes the request to the ElastiCache cache. If the data exists in the cache and is current, ElastiCache returns the data to your application. If the data does not exist in the cache, or the data in the cache has expired, your application requests data from your data store which returns the data to your application. Your application then writes the data received from the store to the cache so it can be more quickly retrieved next time it is requested. All other options are incorrect. Reference: Caching Strategies
Q32: A developer is writing an application that will run on Ec2 instances and read messages from SQS queue. The nessages will arrive every 15-60 seconds. How should the Developer efficiently query the queue for new messages?
A. Use long polling
B. Set a custom visibility timeout
C. Use short polling
D. Implement exponential backoff
Answer – A Long polling will help insure that the applications make less requests for messages in a shorter period of time. This is more cost effective. Since the messages are only going to be available after 15 seconds and we don’t know exacly when they would be available, it is better to use Long Polling. Reference: Amazon SQS Long Polling
Q33: You are using AWS SAM to define a Lambda function and configure CodeDeploy to manage deployment patterns. With new Lambda function working as per expectation which of the following will shift traffic from original Lambda function to new Lambda function in the shortest time frame?
A. Canary10Percent5Minutes
B. Linear10PercentEvery10Minutes
C. Canary10Percent15Minutes
D. Linear10PercentEvery1Minute
Answer – A With Canary Deployment Preference type, Traffic is shifted in two intervals. With Canary10Percent5Minutes, 10 percent of traffic is shifted in the first interval while remaining all traffic is shifted after 5 minutes. Reference: Gradual Code Deployment
Q34: You are using AWS SAM templates to deploy a serverless application. Which of the following resource will embed application from Amazon S3 buckets?
A. AWS::Serverless::Api
B. AWS::Serverless::Application
C. AWS::Serverless::Layerversion
D. AWS::Serverless::Function
Answer – B AWS::Serverless::Application resource in AWS SAm template is used to embed application frm Amazon S3 buckets. Reference: Declaring Serverless Resources
Q35: You are using AWS Envelope Encryption for encrypting all sensitive data. Which of the followings is True with regards to Envelope Encryption?
A. Data is encrypted be encrypting Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
B. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using encrypted Master Key.
C. Data is encrypted by encrypted Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
D. Data is encrypted by plaintext Data key which is further encrypted using plaintext Master Key.
Answer – D With Envelope Encryption, unencrypted data is encrypted using plaintext Data key. This Data is further encrypted using plaintext Master key. This plaintext Master key is securely stored in AWS KMS & known as Customer Master Keys. Reference: AWS Key Management Service Concepts
Q36: You are developing an application that will be comprised of the following architecture –
A set of Ec2 instances to process the videos.
These (Ec2 instances) will be spun up by an autoscaling group.
SQS Queues to maintain the processing messages.
There will be 2 pricing tiers.
How will you ensure that the premium customers videos are given more preference?
A. Create 2 Autoscaling Groups, one for normal and one for premium customers
B. Create 2 set of Ec2 Instances, one for normal and one for premium customers
C. Create 2 SQS queus, one for normal and one for premium customers
D. Create 2 Elastic Load Balancers, one for normal and one for premium customers.
Answer – C The ideal option would be to create 2 SQS queues. Messages can then be processed by the application from the high priority queue first.<br? The other options are not the ideal options. They would lead to extra costs and also extra maintenance. Reference: SQS
Q37: You are developing an application that will interact with a DynamoDB table. The table is going to take in a lot of read and write operations. Which of the following would be the ideal partition key for the DynamoDB table to ensure ideal performance?
A. CustomerID
B. CustomerName
C. Location
D. Age
Answer- A Use high-cardinality attributes. These are attributes that have distinct values for each item, like e-mailid, employee_no, customerid, sessionid, orderid, and so on.. Use composite attributes. Try to combine more than one attribute to form a unique key. Reference: Choosing the right DynamoDB Partition Key
Q38: A developer is making use of AWS services to develop an application. He has been asked to develop the application in a manner to compensate any network delays. Which of the following two mechanisms should he implement in the application?
A. Multiple SQS queues
B. Exponential backoff algorithm
C. Retries in your application code
D. Consider using the Java sdk.
Answer- B. and C. In addition to simple retries, each AWS SDK implements exponential backoff algorithm for better flow control. The idea behind exponential backoff is to use progressively longer waits between retries for consecutive error responses. You should implement a maximum delay interval, as well as a maximum number of retries. The maximum delay interval and maximum number of retries are not necessarily fixed values, and should be set based on the operation being performed, as well as other local factors, such as network latency. Reference: Error Retries and Exponential Backoff in AWS
Q39: An application is being developed that is going to write data to a DynamoDB table. You have to setup the read and write throughput for the table. Data is going to be read at the rate of 300 items every 30 seconds. Each item is of size 6KB. The reads can be eventual consistent reads. What should be the read capacity that needs to be set on the table?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 6
D. 30
Answer – A
Since there are 300 items read every 30 seconds , that means there are (300/30) = 10 items read every second. Since each item is 6KB in size , that means , 2 reads will be required for each item. So we have total of 2*10 = 20 reads for the number of items per second Since eventual consistency is required , we can divide the number of reads(20) by 2 , and in the end we get the Read Capacity of 10.
Q40: You are in charge of deploying an application that will be hosted on an EC2 Instance and sit behind an Elastic Load balancer. You have been requested to monitor the incoming connections to the Elastic Load Balancer. Which of the below options can suffice this requirement?
A. Use AWS CloudTrail with your load balancer
B. Enable access logs on the load balancer
C. Use a CloudWatch Logs Agent
D. Create a custom metric CloudWatch lter on your load balancer
Answer – B Elastic Load Balancing provides access logs that capture detailed information about requests sent to your load balancer. Each log contains information such as the time the request was received, the client’s IP address, latencies, request paths, and server responses. You can use these access logs to analyze traffic patterns and troubleshoot issues. Reference: Access Logs for Your Application Load Balancer
Q41: A static web site has been hosted on a bucket and is now being accessed by users. One of the web pages javascript section has been changed to access data which is hosted in another S3 bucket. Now that same web page is no longer loading in the browser. Which of the following can help alleviate the error?
A. Enable versioning for the underlying S3 bucket.
B. Enable Replication so that the objects get replicated to the other bucket
C. Enable CORS for the bucket
D. Change the Bucket policy for the bucket to allow access from the other bucket
Answer – C
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) defines a way for client web applications that are loaded in one domain to interact with resources in a different domain. With CORS support, you can build rich client-side web applications with Amazon S3 and selectively allow cross-origin access to your Amazon S3 resources.
Cross-Origin Resource Sharing: Use-case Scenarios The following are example scenarios for using CORS:
Scenario 1: Suppose that you are hosting a website in an Amazon S3 bucket named website as described in Hosting a Static Website on Amazon S3. Your users load the website endpoint http://website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com. Now you want to use JavaScript on the webpages that are stored in this bucket to be able to make authenticated GET and PUT requests against the same bucket by using the Amazon S3 API endpoint for the bucket, website.s3.amazonaws.com. A browser would normally block JavaScript from allowing those requests, but with CORS you can configure your bucket to explicitly enable cross-origin requests from website.s3-website-us-east-1.amazonaws.com.
Scenario 2: Suppose that you want to host a web font from your S3 bucket. Again, browsers require a CORS check (also called a preight check) for loading web fonts. You would configure the bucket that is hosting the web font to allow any origin to make these requests.
Q42: Your mobile application includes a photo-sharing service that is expecting tens of thousands of users at launch. You will leverage Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3) for storage of the user Images, and you must decide how to authenticate and authorize your users for access to these images. You also need to manage the storage of these images. Which two of the following approaches should you use? Choose two answers from the options below
A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket per user, and use your application to generate the S3 URL for the appropriate content.
B. Use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user accounts as your application-level user database, and offload the burden of authentication from your application code.
C. Authenticate your users at the application level, and use AWS Security Token Service (STS)to grant token-based authorization to S3 objects.
D. Authenticate your users at the application level, and send an SMS token message to the user. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with the same name as the SMS message token, and move the user’s objects to that bucket.
Answer- C The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users). The token can then be used to grant access to the objects in S3. You can then provides access to the objects based on the key values generated via the user id.
Q43: Your current log analysis application takes more than four hours to generate a report of the top 10 users of your web application. You have been asked to implement a system that can report this information in real time, ensure that the report is always up to date, and handle increases in the number of requests to your web application. Choose the option that is cost-effective and can fulfill the requirements.
A. Publish your data to CloudWatch Logs, and congure your application to Autoscale to handle the load on demand.
B. Publish your log data to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudFormation to create an Auto Scaling group to scale your post-processing application which is congured to pull down your log les stored an Amazon S3
C. Post your log data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream, and subscribe your log-processing application so that is congured to process your logging data.
D. Create a multi-AZ Amazon RDS MySQL cluster, post the logging data to MySQL, and run a map reduce job to retrieve the required information on user counts.
Answer:
Answer – C Amazon Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, and analyze real-time, streaming data so you can get timely insights and react quickly to new information. Amazon Kinesis offers key capabilities to cost effectively process streaming data at any scale, along with the flexibility to choose the tools that best suit the requirements of your application. With Amazon Kinesis, you can ingest real-time data such as application logs, website clickstreams, IoT telemetry data, and more into your databases, data lakes and data warehouses, or build your own real-time applications using this data. Reference: Amazon Kinesis
Q44: You’ve been instructed to develop a mobile application that will make use of AWS services. You need to decide on a data store to store the user sessions. Which of the following would be an ideal data store for session management?
A. AWS Simple Storage Service
B. AWS DynamoDB
C. AWS RDS
D. AWS Redshift
Answer:
Answer – B DynamoDB is a alternative solution which can be used for storage of session management. The latency of access to data is less , hence this can be used as a data store for session management Reference: Scalable Session Handling in PHP Using Amazon DynamoDB
Q45: Your application currently interacts with a DynamoDB table. Records are inserted into the table via the application. There is now a requirement to ensure that whenever items are updated in the DynamoDB primary table , another record is inserted into a secondary table. Which of the below feature should be used when developing such a solution?
A. AWS DynamoDB Encryption
B. AWS DynamoDB Streams
C. AWS DynamoDB Accelerator
D. AWSTable Accelerator
Answer – B DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns This post describes some common use cases you might encounter, along with their design options and solutions, when migrating data from relational data stores to Amazon DynamoDB. We will consider how to manage the following scenarios:
How do you set up a relationship across multiple tables in which, based on the value of an item from one table, you update the item in a second table?
How do you trigger an event based on a particular transaction?
How do you audit or archive transactions?
How do you replicate data across multiple tables (similar to that of materialized views/streams/replication in relational data stores)?
Relational databases provide native support for transactions, triggers, auditing, and replication. Typically, a transaction in a database refers to performing create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations against multiple tables in a block. A transaction can have only two states—success or failure. In other words, there is no partial completion. As a NoSQL database, DynamoDB is not designed to support transactions. Although client-side libraries are available to mimic the transaction capabilities, they are not scalable and cost-effective. For example, the Java Transaction Library for DynamoDB creates 7N+4 additional writes for every write operation. This is partly because the library holds metadata to manage the transactions to ensure that it’s consistent and can be rolled back before commit. You can use DynamoDB Streams to address all these use cases. DynamoDB Streams is a powerful service that you can combine with other AWS services to solve many similar problems. When enabled, DynamoDB Streams captures a time-ordered sequence of item-level modifications in a DynamoDB table and durably stores the information for up to 24 hours. Applications can access a series of stream records, which contain an item change, from a DynamoDB stream in near real time. AWS maintains separate endpoints for DynamoDB and DynamoDB Streams. To work with database tables and indexes, your application must access a DynamoDB endpoint. To read and process DynamoDB Streams records, your application must access a DynamoDB Streams endpoint in the same Region. All of the other options are incorrect since none of these would meet the core requirement. Reference: DynamoDB Streams Use Cases and Design Patterns
Q46: An application has been making use of AWS DynamoDB for its back-end data store. The size of the table has now grown to 20 GB , and the scans on the table are causing throttling errors. Which of the following should now be implemented to avoid such errors?
A. Large Page size
B. Reduced page size
C. Parallel Scans
D. Sequential scans
Answer – B When you scan your table in Amazon DynamoDB, you should follow the DynamoDB best practices for avoiding sudden bursts of read activity. You can use the following technique to minimize the impact of a scan on a table’s provisioned throughput. Reduce page size Because a Scan operation reads an entire page (by default, 1 MB), you can reduce the impact of the scan operation by setting a smaller page size. The Scan operation provides a Limit parameter that you can use to set the page size for your request. Each Query or Scan request that has a smaller page size uses fewer read operations and creates a “pause” between each request. For example, suppose that each item is 4 KB and you set the page size to 40 items. A Query request would then consume only 20 eventually consistent read operations or 40 strongly consistent read operations. A larger number of smaller Query or Scan operations would allow your other critical requests to succeed without throttling. Reference1: Rate-Limited Scans in Amazon DynamoDB
Q47: Which of the following is correct way of passing a stage variable to an HTTP URL ? (Select TWO.)
A. http://example.com/${}/prod
B. http://example.com/${stageVariables.}/prod
C. http://${stageVariables.}.example.com/dev/operation
D. http://${stageVariables}.example.com/dev/operation
E. http://${}.example.com/dev/operation
F. http://example.com/${stageVariables}/prod
Answer – B. and C. A stage variable can be used as part of HTTP integration URL as in following cases, · A full URI without protocol · A full domain · A subdomain · A path · A query string In the above case , option B & C displays stage variable as a path & sub-domain. Reference: Amazon API Gateway Stage Variables Reference
Q48: Your company is planning on creating new development environments in AWS. They want to make use of their existing Chef recipes which they use for their on-premise configuration for servers in AWS. Which of the following service would be ideal to use in this regard?
A. AWS Elastic Beanstalk
B. AWS OpsWork
C. AWS Cloudformation
D. AWS SQS
Answer – B AWS OpsWorks is a configuration management service that provides managed instances of Chef and Puppet. Chef and Puppet are automation platforms that allow you to use code to automate the configurations of your servers. OpsWorks lets you use Chef and Puppet to automate how servers are configured, deployed, and managed across your Amazon EC2 instances or on-premises compute environments All other options are invalid since they cannot be used to work with Chef recipes for configuration management. Reference: AWS OpsWorks
Q49: Your company has developed a web application and is hosting it in an Amazon S3 bucket configured for static website hosting. The users can log in to this app using their Google/Facebook login accounts. The application is using the AWS SDK for JavaScript in the browser to access data stored in an Amazon DynamoDB table. How can you ensure that API keys for access to your data in DynamoDB are kept secure?
A. Create an Amazon S3 role in IAM with access to the specific DynamoDB tables, and assign it to the bucket hosting your website
B. Configure S3 bucket tags with your AWS access keys for your bucket hosing your website so that the application can query them for access.
C. Configure a web identity federation role within IAM to enable access to the correct DynamoDB resources and retrieve temporary credentials
D. Store AWS keys in global variables within your application and configure the application to use these credentials when making requests.
Answer – C With web identity federation, you don’t need to create custom sign-in code or manage your own user identities. Instead, users of your app can sign in using a well-known identity provider (IdP) —such as Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any other OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible IdP, receive an authentication token, and then exchange that token for temporary security credentials in AWS that map to an IAM role with permissions to use the resources in your AWS account. Using an IdP helps you keep your AWS account secure, because you don’t have to embed and distribute long-term security credentials with your application. Option A is invalid since Roles cannot be assigned to S3 buckets Options B and D are invalid since the AWS Access keys should not be used Reference: About Web Identity Federation
Q50: Your application currently makes use of AWS Cognito for managing user identities. You want to analyze the information that is stored in AWS Cognito for your application. Which of the following features of AWS Cognito should you use for this purpose?
A. Cognito Data
B. Cognito Events
C. Cognito Streams
D. Cognito Callbacks
Answer – C Amazon Cognito Streams gives developers control and insight into their data stored in Amazon Cognito. Developers can now configure a Kinesis stream to receive events as data is updated and synchronized. Amazon Cognito can push each dataset change to a Kinesis stream you own in real time. All other options are invalid since you should use Cognito Streams Reference:
Q51: You’ve developed a set of scripts using AWS Lambda. These scripts need to access EC2 Instances in a VPC. Which of the following needs to be done to ensure that the AWS Lambda function can access the resources in the VPC. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
A. Ensure that the subnet ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
B. Ensure that the NACL ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
C. Ensure that the Security Group ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
D. Ensure that the VPC Flow Log ID’s are mentioned when conguring the Lambda function
Answer: A and C. AWS Lambda runs your function code securely within a VPC by default. However, to enable your Lambda function to access resources inside your private VPC, you must provide additional VPCspecific configuration information that includes VPC subnet IDs and security group IDs. AWS Lambda uses this information to set up elastic network interfaces (ENIs) that enable your function to connect securely to other resources within your private VPC. Reference: Configuring a Lambda Function to Access Resources in an Amazon VPC
Q52: You’ve currently been tasked to migrate an existing on-premise environment into Elastic Beanstalk. The application does not make use of Docker containers. You also can’t see any relevant environments in the beanstalk service that would be suitable to host your application. What should you consider doing in this case?
A. Migrate your application to using Docker containers and then migrate the app to the Elastic Beanstalk environment.
B. Consider using Cloudformation to deploy your environment to Elastic Beanstalk
C. Consider using Packer to create a custom platform
D. Consider deploying your application using the Elastic Container Service
Answer – C Elastic Beanstalk supports custom platforms. A custom platform is a more advanced customization than a Custom Image in several ways. A custom platform lets you develop an entire new platform from scratch, customizing the operating system, additional software, and scripts that Elastic Beanstalk runs on platform instances. This flexibility allows you to build a platform for an application that uses a language or other infrastructure software, for which Elastic Beanstalk doesn’t provide a platform out of the box. Compare that to custom images, where you modify an AMI for use with an existing Elastic Beanstalk platform, and Elastic Beanstalk still provides the platform scripts and controls the platform’s software stack. In addition, with custom platforms you use an automated, scripted way to create and maintain your customization, whereas with custom images you make the changes manually over a running instance. To create a custom platform, you build an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from one of the supported operating systems—Ubuntu, RHEL, or Amazon Linux (see the flavor entry in Platform.yaml File Format for the exact version numbers)—and add further customizations. You create your own Elastic Beanstalk platform using Packer, which is an open-source tool for creating machine images for many platforms, including AMIs for use with Amazon EC2. An Elastic Beanstalk platform comprises an AMI configured to run a set of software that supports an application, and metadata that can include custom configuration options and default configuration option settings. Reference: AWS Elastic Beanstalk Custom Platforms
Q53: Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below.
A. 10
B. 160
C. 155
D. 16
Answer – B. Company B is writing 10 items to the Dynamo DB table every second. Each item is 15.5Kb in size. What would be the required provisioned write throughput for best performance? Choose the correct answer from the options below. Reference: Read/Write Capacity Mode
Q57: Which of the following practices allows multiple developers working on the same application to merge code changes frequently, without impacting each other and enables the identification of bugs early on in the release process?
Q60: You want to receive an email whenever a user pushes code to CodeCommit repository, how can you configure this?
A. Create a new SNS topic and configure it to poll for CodeCommit eveents. Ask all users to subscribe to the topic to receive notifications
B. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SES which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
C. Configure Notifications in the console, this will create a CloudWatch events rule to send a notification to a SNS topic which will trigger an email to be sent to the user.
D. Configure a CloudWatch Events rule to send a message to SQS which will trigger an email to be sent whenever a user pushes code to the repository.
Q63: You are deploying a number of EC2 and RDS instances using CloudFormation. Which section of the CloudFormation template would you use to define these?
A. Transforms
B. Outputs
C. Resources
D. Instances
Answer: C. The Resources section defines your resources you are provisioning. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3. Reference: Resources
Q64: Which AWS service can be used to fully automate your entire release process?
A. CodeDeploy
B. CodePipeline
C. CodeCommit
D. CodeBuild
Answer: B. AWS CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps you automate your release pipelines for fast and reliable application and infrastructure updates
Q65: You want to use the output of your CloudFormation stack as input to another CloudFormation stack. Which sections of the CloudFormation template would you use to help you configure this?
A. Outputs
B. Transforms
C. Resources
D. Exports
Answer: A. Outputs is used to output user defines data relating to the reources you have built and can also used as input to another CloudFormation stack. Reference: CloudFormation Outputs
Q66: You have some code located in an S3 bucket that you want to reference in your CloudFormation template. Which section of the template can you use to define this?
A. Inputs
B. Resources
C. Transforms
D. Files
Answer: C. Transforms is used to reference code located in S3 and also specififying the use of the Serverless Application Model (SAM) for Lambda deployments. Reference: Transforms
Q67: You are deploying an application to a number of Ec2 instances using CodeDeploy. What is the name of the file used to specify source files and lifecycle hooks?
Q68: Which of the following approaches allows you to re-use pieces of CloudFormation code in multiple templates, for common use cases like provisioning a load balancer or web server?
A. Share the code using an EBS volume
B. Copy and paste the code into the template each time you need to use it
C. Use a cloudformation nested stack
D. Store the code you want to re-use in an AMI and reference the AMI from within your CloudFormation template.
Q72: Which of the following is an encrypted key used by KMS to encrypt your data
A. Custmoer Mamaged Key
B. Encryption Key
C. Envelope Key
D. Customer Master Key
Answer: C. Your Data key also known as the Enveloppe key is encrypted using the master key.This approach is known as Envelope encryption. Envelope encryption is the practice of encrypting plaintext data with a data key, and then encrypting the data key under another key.
Q75: A developer is preparing a deployment package for a Java implementation of an AWS Lambda function. What should the developer include in the deployment package? (Select TWO.) A. Compiled application code B. Java runtime environment C. References to the event sources D. Lambda execution role E. Application dependencies
Answer: C. E. Notes: To create a Lambda function, you first create a Lambda function deployment package. This package is a .zip or .jar file consisting of your code and any dependencies. Reference:Lambda deployment packages.
Q76: A developer uses AWS CodeDeploy to deploy a Python application to a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances that run behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. What should the developer include in the CodeDeploy deployment package? A. A launch template for the Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group B. A CodeDeploy AppSpec file C. An EC2 role that grants the application access to AWS services D. An IAM policy that grants the application access to AWS services
Answer: B. Notes: The CodeDeploy AppSpec (application specific) file is unique to CodeDeploy. The AppSpec file is used to manage each deployment as a series of lifecycle event hooks, which are defined in the file. Reference: CodeDeploy application specification (AppSpec) files. Category: Deployment
Q76: A company is working on a project to enhance its serverless application development process. The company hosts applications on AWS Lambda. The development team regularly updates the Lambda code and wants to use stable code in production. Which combination of steps should the development team take to configure Lambda functions to meet both development and production requirements? (Select TWO.)
A. Create a new Lambda version every time a new code release needs testing. B. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready unqualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the $LATEST version. C. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to the production-ready qualified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) version. Point the Development alias to the variable LAMBDA_TASK_ROOT. D. Create a new Lambda layer every time a new code release needs testing. E. Create two Lambda function aliases. Name one as Production and the other as Development. Point the Production alias to a production-ready Lambda layer Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Point the Development alias to the $LATEST layer ARN.
Answer: A. B. Notes: Lambda function versions are designed to manage deployment of functions. They can be used for code changes, without affecting the stable production version of the code. By creating separate aliases for Production and Development, systems can initiate the correct alias as needed. A Lambda function alias can be used to point to a specific Lambda function version. Using the functionality to update an alias and its linked version, the development team can update the required version as needed. The $LATEST version is the newest published version. Reference: Lambda function versions.
Q77: Each time a developer publishes a new version of an AWS Lambda function, all the dependent event source mappings need to be updated with the reference to the new version’s Amazon Resource Name (ARN). These updates are time consuming and error-prone. Which combination of actions should the developer take to avoid performing these updates when publishing a new Lambda version? (Select TWO.) A. Update event source mappings with the ARN of the Lambda layer. B. Point a Lambda alias to a new version of the Lambda function. C. Create a Lambda alias for each published version of the Lambda function. D. Point a Lambda alias to a new Lambda function alias. E. Update the event source mappings with the Lambda alias ARN.
Answer: B. E. Notes: A Lambda alias is a pointer to a specific Lambda function version. Instead of using ARNs for the Lambda function in event source mappings, you can use an alias ARN. You do not need to update your event source mappings when you promote a new version or roll back to a previous version. Reference: Lambda function aliases. Category: Deployment
Q78: A company wants to store sensitive user data in Amazon S3 and encrypt this data at rest. The company must manage the encryption keys and use Amazon S3 to perform the encryption. How can a developer meet these requirements? A. Enable default encryption for the S3 bucket by using the option for server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). B. Enable client-side encryption with an encryption key. Upload the encrypted object to the S3 bucket. C. Enable server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Upload an object to the S3 bucket. D. Enable server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C). Upload an object to the S3 bucket.
Q79: A company is developing a Python application that submits data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company requires client-side encryption of specific data items and end-to-end protection for the encrypted data in transit and at rest. Which combination of steps will meet the requirement for the encryption of specific data items? (Select TWO.)
A. Generate symmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). B. Generate asymmetric encryption keys with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). C. Use generated keys with the DynamoDB Encryption Client. D. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS managed customer master keys (CMKs). E. Use generated keys to configure DynamoDB table encryption with AWS owned customer master keys (CMKs).
Answer: A. C. Notes: When the DynamoDB Encryption Client is configured to use AWS KMS, it uses a customer master key (CMK) that is always encrypted when used outside of AWS KMS. This cryptographic materials provider returns a unique encryption key and signing key for every table item. This method of encryption uses a symmetric CMK. Reference: Direct KMS Materials Provider. Category: Deployment
Q80: A company is developing a REST API with Amazon API Gateway. Access to the API should be limited to users in the existing Amazon Cognito user pool. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to secure the API? (Select TWO.) A. Create an AWS Lambda authorizer for the API. B. Create an Amazon Cognito authorizer for the API. C. Configure the authorizer for the API resource. D. Configure the API methods to use the authorizer. E. Configure the authorizer for the API stage.
Answer: B. D. Notes: An Amazon Cognito authorizer should be used for integration with Amazon Cognito user pools. In addition to creating an authorizer, you are required to configure an API method to use that authorizer for the API. Reference: Control access to a REST API using Amazon Cognito user pools as authorizer. Category: Security
Q81: A developer is implementing a mobile app to provide personalized services to app users. The application code makes calls to Amazon S3 and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Which options can the developer use to authenticate the app users? (Select TWO.) A. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito identity pool directly. B. Authenticate to AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) directly. C. Authenticate to the Amazon Cognito user pool directly. D. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS). E. Federate authentication by using Login with Amazon with the users managed with the Amazon Cognito user pool.
Answer: C. E. Notes: The Amazon Cognito user pool provides direct user authentication. The Amazon Cognito user pool provides a federated authentication option with third-party identity provider (IdP), including amazon.com. Reference: Adding User Pool Sign-in Through a Third Party. Category: Security
Q82: A company is implementing several order processing workflows. Each workflow is implemented by using AWS Lambda functions for each task. Which combination of steps should a developer follow to implement these workflows? (Select TWO.) A. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each Lambda function. B. Define a AWS Step Functions task for each workflow. C. Write code that polls the AWS Step Functions invocation to coordinate each workflow. D. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each workflow. E. Define an AWS Step Functions state machine for each Lambda function.
Answer: A. D. Notes: Step Functions is based on state machines and tasks. A state machine is a workflow. Tasks perform work by coordinating with other AWS services, such as Lambda. A state machine is a workflow. It can be used to express a workflow as a number of states, their relationships, and their input and output. You can coordinate individual tasks with Step Functions by expressing your workflow as a finite state machine, written in the Amazon States Language. Reference: Getting Started with AWS Step Functions.
Category: Development
Q83: A company is migrating a web service to the AWS Cloud. The web service accepts requests by using HTTP (port 80). The company wants to use an AWS Lambda function to process HTTP requests. Which application design will satisfy these requirements? A. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure proxy integration with the Lambda function. B. Create an Amazon API Gateway API. Configure non-proxy integration with the Lambda function. C. Configure the Lambda function to listen to inbound network connections on port 80. D. Configure the Lambda function as a target in the Application Load Balancer target group.
Answer: D. Notes: Elastic Load Balancing supports Lambda functions as a target for an Application Load Balancer. You can use load balancer rules to route HTTP requests to a function, based on the path or the header values. Then, process the request and return an HTTP response from your Lambda function. Reference: Using AWS Lambda with an Application Load Balancer. Category: Development
Q84: A company is developing an image processing application. When an image is uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket, a number of independent and separate services must be invoked to process the image. The services do not have to be available immediately, but they must process every image. Which application design satisfies these requirements? A. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Each service pulls the message from the same queue. B. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Each service subscribes to the same topic. C. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Subscribe a separate Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for each service to an Amazon SQS queue. D. Configure an Amazon S3 event notification that publishes to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe a separate Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for each service to the Amazon SNS topic.
Answer: D. Notes: Each service can subscribe to an individual Amazon SQS queue, which receives an event notification from the Amazon SNS topic. This is a fanout architectural implementation. Reference: Common Amazon SNS scenarios. Category: Development
Q85: A developer wants to implement Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling for a Multi-AZ web application. However, the developer is concerned that user sessions will be lost during scale-in events. How can the developer store the session state and share it across the EC2 instances? A. Write the sessions to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure the application to poll the stream. B. Publish the sessions to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe each instance in the group to the topic. C. Store the sessions in an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster. Configure the application to use the Memcached API. D. Write the sessions to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the volume to each instance in the group.
Answer: C. Notes: ElastiCache for Memcached is a distributed in-memory data store or cache environment in the cloud. It will meet the developer’s requirement of persistent storage and is fast to access. Reference: What is Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached?
Q86: A developer is integrating a legacy web application that runs on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon DynamoDB table. There is no AWS SDK for the programming language that was used to implement the web application. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to make an API call to Amazon DynamoDB from the instances? (Select TWO.) A. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include an XML document that contains the request attributes. B. Make an HTTPS POST request to the DynamoDB API endpoint for the AWS Region. In the request body, include a JSON document that contains the request attributes. C. Sign the requests by using AWS access keys and Signature Version 4. D. Use an EC2 SSH key to calculate Signature Version 4 of the request. E. Provide the signature value through the HTTP X-API-Key header.
Answer: B. C. Notes: The HTTPS-based low-level AWS API for DynamoDB uses JSON as a wire protocol format. When you send HTTP requests to AWS, you sign the requests so that AWS can identify who sent them. Requests are signed with your AWS access key, which consists of an access key ID and secret access key. AWS supports two signature versions: Signature Version 4 and Signature Version 2. AWS recommends the use of Signature Version 4. Reference: Signing AWS API requests. Category: Development
Q87: A developer has written several custom applications that read and write to the same Amazon DynamoDB table. Each time the data in the DynamoDB table is modified, this change should be sent to an external API. Which combination of steps should the developer perform to accomplish this task? (Select TWO.) A. Configure an AWS Lambda function to poll the stream and call the external API. B. Configure an event in Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) that publishes the change to an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) data stream. C. Create a trigger in the DynamoDB table to publish the change to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. D. Deliver the stream to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic and subscribe the API to the topic. E. Enable DynamoDB Streams on the table.
Answer: A. E. Notes: If you enable DynamoDB Streams on a table, you can associate the stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with an Lambda function that you write. Immediately after an item in the table is modified, a new record appears in the table’s stream. Lambda polls the stream and invokes your Lambda function synchronously when it detects new stream records. You can enable DynamoDB Streams on a table to create an event that invokes an AWS Lambda function. Reference: Tutorial: Process New Items with DynamoDB Streams and Lambda. Category: Monitoring
Q88: A company is migrating the create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) functionality of an existing Java web application to AWS Lambda. Which minimal code refactoring is necessary for the CRUD operations to run in the Lambda function? A. Implement a Lambda handler function. B. Import an AWS X-Ray package. C. Rewrite the application code in Python. D. Add a reference to the Lambda execution role.
Answer: A. Notes: Every Lambda function needs a Lambda-specific handler. Specifics of authoring vary between runtimes, but all runtimes share a common programming model that defines the interface between your code and the runtime code. You tell the runtime which method to run by defining a handler in the function configuration. The runtime runs that method. Next, the runtime passes in objects to the handler that contain the invocation event and context, such as the function name and request ID. Reference: Getting started with Lambda. Category: Refactoring
Q89: A company plans to use AWS log monitoring services to monitor an application that runs on premises. Currently, the application runs on a recent version of Ubuntu Server and outputs the logs to a local file. Which combination of steps should a developer perform to accomplish this goal? (Select TWO.) A. Update the application code to include calls to the agent API for log collection. B. Install the Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container agent on the server. C. Install the unified Amazon CloudWatch agent on the server. D. Configure the long-term AWS credentials on the server to enable log collection by the agent. E. Attach an IAM role to the server to enable log collection by the agent.
Answer: C. D. Notes: The unified CloudWatch agent needs to be installed on the server. Ubuntu Server 18.04 is one of the many supported operating systems. When you install the unified CloudWatch agent on an on-premises server, you will specify a named profile that contains the credentials of the IAM user. Reference: Collecting metrics and logs from Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers with the CloudWatch agent. Category: Monitoring
Q90: A developer wants to monitor invocations of an AWS Lambda function by using Amazon CloudWatch Logs. The developer added a number of print statements to the function code that write the logging information to the stdout stream. After running the function, the developer does not see any log data being generated. Why does the log data NOT appear in the CloudWatch logs? A. The log data is not written to the stderr stream. B. Lambda function logging is not automatically enabled. C. The execution role for the Lambda function did not grant permissions to write log data to CloudWatch Logs. D. The Lambda function outputs the logs to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Answer: C. Notes: The function needs permission to call CloudWatch Logs. Update the execution role to grant the permission. You can use the managed policy of AWSLambdaBasicExecutionRole. Reference: Troubleshoot execution issues in Lambda. Category: Monitoting
Q91: Which of the following are best practices you should implement into ongoing deployments of your application? (Select THREE.)
A. Use stage variables to manage secrets across environments B. Create account-specific AWS SAM templates for each environment C. Use an AutoPublish alias D. Use traffic shifting with pre- and post-deployment hooks E. Test throughout the pipeline
Q92: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Q93: You are handing off maintenance of your new serverless application to an incoming team lead. Which recommendations would you make? (Select THREE.)
A. Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using
B. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements
C. Design your services to extend their life as long as possible
D. Minimize changes to your production application
E. Compare the value of using the latest first-class integrations versus using Lambda between AWS services
Answer: A. B. D. Notes: Keep up to date with the quotas and payload sizes for each AWS service you are using. Analyze production access patterns to identify potential improvements. Minimize changes to your production application
Q94: Your application needs to connect to an Amazon RDS instance on the backend. What is the best recommendation to the developer whose function must read from and write to the Amazon RDS instance?
A. Initialize the number of connections you want outside of the handler
B. Use the database TTL setting to clean up connections
C. Use reserved concurrency to limit the number of concurrent functions that would try to write to the database
D. Use the database proxy feature to provide connection pooling for the functions
Answer: D. Notes: Use the database proxy feature to provide connection pooling for the functions
Question 95: A developer reports that a third-party library they need cannot be shared in the Lambda invocation environment. Which suggestion would you make?
A. Decrease the deployment package size
B. Set a provisioned concurrency of one so that the library doesn’t need to be shared across environments
C. Use reserved concurrency for the function that needs to use the library
D. Load the third-party library onto an Amazon EFS volume
Answer: D Notes: Load the third-party library onto an Amazon EFS volume
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
In this AWS tutorial, we are going to discuss how we can make the best use of AWS services to build a highly scalable, and fault tolerant configuration of EC2 instances. The use of Load Balancers and Auto Scaling Groups falls under a number of best practices in AWS, including Performance Efficiency, Reliability and high availability.
Before we dive into this hands-on tutorial on how exactly we can build this solution, let’s have a brief recap on what an Auto Scaling group is, and what a Load balancer is.
Autoscaling group (ASG)
An Autoscaling group (ASG) is a logical grouping of instances which can scale up and scale down depending on pre-configured settings. By setting Scaling policies of your ASG, you can choose how many EC2 instances are launched and terminated based on your application’s load. You can do this based on manual, dynamic, scheduled or predictive scaling.
Elastic Load Balancer (ELB)
An Elastic Load Balancer (ELB) is a name describing a number of services within AWS designed to distribute traffic across multiple EC2 instances in order to provide enhanced scalability, availability, security and more. The particular type of Load Balancer we will be using today is an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The ALB is a Layer 7 Load Balancer designed to distribute HTTP/HTTPS traffic across multiple nodes – with added features such as TLS termination, Sticky Sessions and Complex routing configurations.
Getting Started
First of all, we open our AWS management console and head to the EC2 management console.
We scroll down on the left-hand side and select ‘Launch Templates’. A Launch Template is a configuration template which defines the settings for EC2 instances launched by the ASG.
Under Launch Templates, we will select “Create launch template”.
We specify the name ‘MyTestTemplate’ and use the same text in the description.
Under the ‘Auto Scaling guidance’ box, tick the box which says ‘Provide guidance to help me set up a template that I can use with EC2 Auto Scaling’ and scroll down to launch template contents.
When it comes to choosing our AMI (Amazon Machine Image) we can choose the Amazon Linux 2 under ‘Quick Start’.
The Amazon Linux 2 AMI is free tier eligible, and easy to use for our demonstration purposes.
Next, we select the ‘t2.micro’ under instance types, as this is also free tier eligible.
Under Network Settings, we create a new Security Group called ExampleSG in our default VPC, allowing HTTP access to everyone. It should look like this.
AWS Certified Developer Associate exam: Additional Information for reference
Below are some useful reference links that would help you to learn about AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Today I have completed CCP Udemy stephens course along with pdf notes and planning to take his practice tests in Udemy. But I am not much confident not sure why. Do I need to study more elsewhere or can I go ahead with practice exams and learn from my mistakes? Planning to schedule my exam by end of December. Is this time sufficient for me to give practice tests and get ready for the exam or can I take more time? Anyone who can help me with free notes or PDF for CCP which includes important services and their points just like a summary would be really helpful for me. submitted by /u/splunklearner95 [link] [comments]
I passed my Cloud and AI practitioner exams last month and really want to take either ML or Data Engineering associate next so I could include it/them on my CV on my hunt for an internship. I have no prior experience with hands on AWS except labs from Skillbuilder. Do you think I should study for these assoc certs considering my background or should I opt for SAA first? The reason why I want to take Data and ML engineering assoc certs is because I want to be an AI/ML engineer and I only have two full vouchers for an associate certification. submitted by /u/axellindsayp [link] [comments]
Hi All, I purchased the foundational Exam voucher code from https://awsstore.pearsonvue.com/. I made the payment, and I received the order confirmation email as well. But still haven't received the Voucher email so that I can book the exam? Where can I get the voucher now? In the order History I can see the below. thanks https://preview.redd.it/7u30c577d56g1.png?width=1762&format=png&auto=webp&s=3eb660123109e9d0a9753399a5799b882b231689 submitted by /u/amajd-sayyam [link] [comments]
https://preview.redd.it/yqu0irt9726g1.png?width=1000&format=png&auto=webp&s=cc1017938423b016d5764846906240bc53a03afb Background: Game Developer (Linux user) Previous cloud certs: None Other certs: CompTIA Security+ Completed Network+ course (no exam) Practice exams: Tutorial Dojo: ~80%+ Study resources: Adrian Cantrill Stephane Maarek Used both based on weak areas identified through practice exams. Additional resources: AWS Skill Builder (tried briefly, not primary resource) Tips: If you’re a non-native English speaker, apply for exam accommodations. Extra time helps. Consider taking the exam in person, as bathroom breaks are allowed and there’s less risk of technical or connectivity issues. Thanks again to the community for the shared resources and discussions. Hope this helps someone preparing for the exam. submitted by /u/Equivalent_Bird [link] [comments]
I'm interested in getting my Cloud knowledge up and am considering starting with SAA C03. I am also considering buying a course from Udemy. Does anyone have any recommendations to prepare for the exam? I've been looking at two courses by: Stephane Maarek and Neal David I will say I have high level knowledge, so I am not a complete beginner (I think). Would appreciate any guidance from you folk! submitted by /u/fulfillthevision [link] [comments]
I have my AWS exam on Wednesday. I have both PAN and Aadhaar cards in PVC form. My PAN has my photo and signature, and my Aadhaar card has my photo but no signature. Will this be acceptable? What should I do? https://www.pearsonvue.com/content/dam/VUE/vue/global/documents/global-id-policy/Pearson-VUE-Aadhaar-ID-Policy-English.pdf Saw this on web submitted by /u/DueVermicelli623 [link] [comments]
Took SAP-C02 last night, started off great then a few of the multiple choice questions became something of a time suck - leading to me answering the last 10 - 12 questions in about 5 minutes. Safe to say those last questions didn't get the thoughtful consideration they deserved. Got the results today - scored 714 - which, all things considered - could/should have been much worse. So - sat for exam on the 7th - can I reschedule for the 21st or 22nd? Already have 2 vouchers to use by 1/18/26 and would like to get SAP-C02 wrapped up as soon as I can. Also - currently in the market for any observations, or insights to ensure the next time I take it I pass. My suggestion - regardless of how you may have done time wise on practice exams, still be sure to manage your time when sitting for the actual exam. I'd typically wrap up practice exams with 15-20 minutes left, not so when I took it for real. submitted by /u/OkPain2052 [link] [comments]
I was late on my monthly payment by 5 days (due to a typo in my billing info), account was paused I immediately paid for the past due bill 10 mins after I realized it was down It's been 12 hours and my services are still not back up. My payments cleared I'm being charged as we speak, yet I still have no access and can't adjust system, My instances are down and I cannot bring them back up. I've submitted five tickets now, where the hell is customer service!? submitted by /u/Final-Reality-404 [link] [comments]
Hey everyone, I’ve applied to the AWS Activate Builder program three times now and keep getting rejected. I even bought a domain and set up a matching business email . But the latest rejection still says my application doesn’t meet the requirements and that the email on my AWS account must match the domain on the application, and that free email providers aren’t accepted - which I’ve already fixed. At this point, my initial $200 AWS credits from signup are almost fully used up, and I’m worried I’ll have to pause development soon. If anyone has gone through something similar or knows what AWS might be checking behind the scenes, I’d really appreciate any advice or pointers. Thanks in advance to anyone willing to help. https://preview.redd.it/0h3jgbcws06g1.png?width=1026&format=png&auto=webp&s=4bc4a4bf26855fc7512086c7b93e8eb45ac2420c https://preview.redd.it/vdfoin6ps06g1.png?width=508&format=png&auto=webp&s=d8a693c36c30ebbd96e2faa4657ec1bf531a6097 submitted by /u/Big_Barracuda_6753 [link] [comments]
Posting this as part of an audit engagement and industry discussion around CVE-2025-55182, the critical RCE affecting React Server Components. This came up during reviews of workloads running React (incl. SSR / RSC) on ECS, EC2, and Fargate, even in cases where server actions weren’t intentionally used. Looking to hear real-world experiences from the community: Did this CVE surface during audits or security scans in your environment? Were any services found vulnerable due to transitive React dependencies? Did this affect containerized workloads on ECS / Fargate or EC2? How did this show up for you - SCA tools, pen tests, WAF alerts, runtime detection, or customer reports? Was this treated as an emergency patch or rolled into regular upgrade cycles? Any unexpected impact (downtime, rollbacks, broken builds, redeploy complexity)? Did frontend ownership vs infra ownership slow response in your org? submitted by /u/shagul998 [link] [comments]
To be honest, I put this exam off for a really long time (almost all year, in fact) due to work, life and overall procrastination. But when I got through all the content and then did it again and used Andrew Brown's guided learning and practice exams, IT FELT LIKE A WALK IN THE PARK and I was a little embarrassed on how long this took me. Nonetheless, I'm proud of my achievement and wish luck for everyone and anyone looking to take the CCP! submitted by /u/Comfortable_YouBu [link] [comments]
SOLVED: I am new to AWS. I have a new client that hosts their site on an EC2 instance. They also have an instance for a developer version of the live site. I have pem files for both and I can successfully access both instances via winscp. On the live site I have no permission errors. However, when attempting to enter /var/www on the developer EC2 instance I get a "Permission denied" error. Permission denied. Error code: 3 Error message from server: Permission denied Where do I look to resolve the issue? One thing of note is that the /var/www directory on the dev instance has permissions of 311 but I do not have permissions to change it. submitted by /u/MichaelBrock [link] [comments]
Apparently, there was a DDB outage on Dec 3, which impacted customers. But I can't find any news of it. AWS Health Status history looks clean. submitted by /u/KayeYess [link] [comments]
I am confused with how should I manage my CloudFront and WAF in the organization. I have created workload accounts, security account and networking account. I am going to host static content through S3 and for that a basic structure which I am following is using Route 53, CloudFront, WAF and S3 for hosting my frontend. I have 2 questions a.) Should I manage everything centrally ? CloudFront in networking account and WAF in security account and S3 in my workload account or should I manage them per workload account ? b.) If I decide to manage them centrally can I still use the CloudFront flatrate plans across my organization ? submitted by /u/Serious-Ad-2412 [link] [comments]
Has anyone else noticed a degradation in support response times? I have a quota increase request that’s been unassigned for 6 days. It’s not even anything outrageous. It’s for bare minimum AppStream Image builders in us-east-1. We already have quota for it in us-east-2, and are running EC2 instances in east-1, so I’m surprised it wasn’t automatically approved. submitted by /u/krishopper [link] [comments]
A partly fixed vulnerability in AWS can still be exploited to detect and remove policies that should cut out access from compromised identities. Even if you attach a DenyAll policy to an identity, the attacker has ~4 seconds to detect it and remove it before coming into effect 😅 This essentially changes any incident response methodology for containment, including official AWS recommendations. The cause is eventual consistency, which can only be a tremendous effort to fix, but I still think AWS should do so. submitted by /u/saw_your_packet [link] [comments]
Encountering AWS phone verification error for account activation. Tried opening a case but no response. Need manual assistant. The following is the network log. Please help. Request URL: https://portal.aws.amazon.com/billing/signup/rest/v1.0/diva/startSMS?type=resubscribe Request Method: POST Status Code: 400 Bad Request Response: { "message": "Failed to start DIVA SMS PIN verification", "type": "ValidationException", "errorCode": "DIVA_VERIFICATION_FAILED", "contextMap": {} } submitted by /u/code_to_zero [link] [comments]
https://preview.redd.it/rnwl4dmuzy5g1.jpg?width=1080&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=1b556c4b9e03f8018e8bda8678a77bcad071b3fc https://open.substack.com/pub/doniv/p/anti-virus-scan-for-aws-s3?r=5l1mo&utm_campaign=post&utm_medium=web&showWelcomeOnShare=true Anti Virus scan for AWS S3 buckets submitted by /u/vinodjayachandran [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I’m working on my graduation project, which is a full integrated system involving: IoT / Embedded hardware (Raspberry Pi + sensors) AI/ML models that we want to run in the background on AWS Cloud backend Web application that will be hosted on Hostinger Right now, everything works locally, but we’re figuring out how to: Run the AI models continuously or on-demand in the background on AWS Connect the web app hosted on Hostinger with the models running on AWS Allow the Raspberry Pi to communicate with the models (sending data / receiving results) We’re not sure the best way to link the Raspberry Pi, AWS models, and the external web app together. I’d love any advice on: Architecture patterns for this setup Recommended AWS services (EC2, Lambda, ECS, API Gateway, etc.) How to expose the models via APIs Best practices for performance and cost Any tips or examples would be really helpful. Thanks in advance! submitted by /u/gavvy__ [link] [comments]
Hi all, trying to schedule an AWS exam in-person through Person VUE. After a few unsuccessful payments at the checkout, I'm getting the following message: There was a problem with your account at Pearson VUE. Anyone seen this before, any advise? I sent an email to them but based on what I found through the research, it's unlikely they will reply. submitted by /u/Big-Drawing-8936 [link] [comments]
I’m trying to retrieve the pricing for all AWS EC2 instance types programmatically. I’m looking for the most efficient and up to date method. Should I use: AWS Pricing API AWS CLI/SDK calls or is there any other approach to do? I want to get both, on demand and spot pricing for all regions. submitted by /u/Proper-Surprise3963 [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I’m preparing for the AWS Solutions Architect Associate exam and I had a doubt about the practice tests from Tutorial Dojo / Jon Bonso. On Udemy, there is a popular course called “AWS Certified Solutions Architect Associate Practice Exams by Tutorial Dojo”, and on the official Tutorial Dojo website (portal.tutorialdojo.com), they also have SAA practice exams. My question is: ➡️ Are both of these the same sets of questions? Or ➡️ Is there any difference in the difficulty, question bank size, or updates between Udemy and the official TD website? I want to know whether buying the Udemy version is enough, or if the official TD portal has newer or additional questions. Thanks in advance! submitted by /u/Icy-Fan7282 [link] [comments]
Hi! I have my AWS cloud practitioner exam in January. I’ve have been using Andrew Brown to study and will be using skill builder as well as udemy practice exams. If you have your exam at a similar time, let’s study together! Please DM me looking for a buddy ASAP to pass the exam with. submitted by /u/PuzzleheadedRush6864 [link] [comments]
Hey folks, Just wanted to share that I passed the AWS Solutions Architect Associate today ! I did my CCP earlier this year and jumped straight into SAA prep, so here’s a quick breakdown of what worked for me. How I Studied • Used Stephane Maarek’s SAA course for all core concepts. • Made my own notes for VPC, EC2, S3, ASG, Load Balancers, RDS, CloudFront, Route 53. • Did a LOT of hands-on: EC2 → ALB → ASG setup, VPC creation, S3 static website, RDS tasks, IAM roles/policies, etc. • Practice tests were the game changers: Tutorial Dojo + Maarek exams. • First attempts: 55–65% • Later: 70–80% range Exam Experience • Heavy on VPC, EC2, S3, RDS • A few tricky CloudFront + Route53 scenarios • Mostly “choose the most cost-effective & scalable option” type Qs • No surprises if you practiced enough Study Time 1.5–2 months while working full-time. Thank you! submitted by /u/speocket [link] [comments]
What aws skill building would you do if ur new to aws and hadn’t done a lot of code but are interested I’ve been doing aws cloud practitioner essentials but it doesn’t have any labs submitted by /u/Fluffy_Network_3145 [link] [comments]
All of a sudden ec2 goes non accessible, from ssh or http any connections are not able to reach out. Verified public ip, security groups, vpc, subnets, NACL, route table. All good and properly configured, which was working fine for a long. Tried from different networks, to identify any local network blocks, all facing the same issue Anything am missing? submitted by /u/ibnuibaf [link] [comments]
I want to test out Nova models via Claude Code. I know that we can use bedrock-based Anthropic models via Claude Code, but I would to try the new Nova 2 Lite models in the CLI-agent that I already use today. Tips/pointers? submitted by /u/AdditionalWeb107 [link] [comments]
I'm studying SAA-C03 udemy course by Stephane. I find the course teach the basic concepts with hands on. But the sample exam questions I checked in totorial dojo is very complex. What is the strategy for learning when preparing for the exam? How to get familiarize with the knowledge required for the exam. How do you compliment your learning? Any strategies based on your experience to study will be helpful. Thanks in advance. submitted by /u/andyjoe24 [link] [comments]
One wash and the inside of the hoodie is already pilling… gotta be the cheap polyester. I mean I did wash it with a bunch of stuff, but I do that with my other clothing and there’s no problems. Also the color block design kinda looks silly in my opinion Little anonymous rant 😁😁 (edit: oh also I forgot to mention the water bottle, top tier quality [sarcastically]) submitted by /u/sheepie_beep [link] [comments]
So since November 18th Amazon Workmail has not worked correctly in Android phone (using the Exchange type account with the Gmail app as per the instructions https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workmail/latest/userguide/mobile-client.html#connect_android_device). The calendar of the AWS WM account has disappeared form the calendar app, the e-mail sync is terribly slowly and no delete/send/mark/etc operation works (you can delete an e-mail in the app, it will re-appear shortly, you can send, it never gets sent, you can mark it as read, will pop up as unread again, etc). So I can only use WM through web UI now, which still works flawlessly using a desktop and a browser. The classic Amazon Workmail Web UI is practically unusable on small phone screen and then you have the option to switch to new GUI, but in new GUI there is no way to access the calendar. Amazon Workmail is a paid service but there doesn't seem to be any access to support, it says I should upgrade my whole AWS account to a better tier before I can make a ticket. Am I the only one struggling with the mail and is the situation with support really as described? EDIT: I have now learned that the more modern solution is to install Microsoft Outlook on Android and use AWS Workmail through that. It kind of works, but I have to do more than 5 minutes of testing and additionally of course I don't know if I feel good about having to run Microsoft apps on my devices just to use Amazon mail. Something unfortunately broke in the way that the semi-native Google apps on Android don't work any more for this purpose. submitted by /u/d70dc263cf16 [link] [comments]
Hi, I would like to ask for insights regarding setting up GWLBe and GWLB. I tried following the diagram on the image to implement inspection in a test setup that I have, my setup is almost the same as in the diagram except the fact that my servers is in an EKS setup. I'm not sure what I did wrong rn, as I followed the diagram perfectly but Im not seeing GENEVE traffic in my suricata instance(port 6081) and I'm not quiet sure how to check if my gwlbe is routing traffic to my GWLB. Here's what I've tried so far: 1.) Reachability analyzer shows my IGW is reaching the GWLBe just fine. 2.) My route tables are as shown in the diagram, my app route table is 0.0.0.0/0 > gwlbe and app vpc cidr > local. for the suricata ec2 instance route table(security vpc) its security vpc cidr > local 3.) I have 2 gwlbe and its both pointed to my vpc endpoint service, while my vpc endpoint service is pointed to my 2 GWLB in security vpc(all in available and active status) 4.) Target group of my GWLB is also properly attached and it shows my ec2 suricata instance(I only have 1 instance) registered and is on healthy status and port is 6081. 5.) systemctl status suricata shows its running with 46k rules successfully loaded Any tips/advice/guidance regarding this is highly appreciated. For reference here are the documents/guides I've browsed so far. https://forum.suricata.io/t/suricata-as-ips-in-aws-with-gwlb/2465 https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/networking-and-content-delivery/introducing-aws-gateway-load-balancer-supported-architecture-patterns/ https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zD1vBvHu8eA&t=1523s https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GZzt0iJPC9Q https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fLp-W7pLwPY https://preview.redd.it/dykbo1geps5g1.png?width=1411&format=png&auto=webp&s=c8918d67a9edae40d2cc82fa3974c5f68986e24a submitted by /u/MapleP21 [link] [comments]
hello guys so i am new , i never used AWS services before , i watched youtube tutorials to learn quicksight but everytime i click on quickshight it takes me to quick suite , idk if i can use it for free ? (i mean 30 days ) ? i mean before , to use quicksight for free you need to uncheck the botton on the payment when creating an account , but now i cant see any botton so i am afraid they are going to charge me with money . submitted by /u/Present-Skirt-6954 [link] [comments]
Hey everyone, I used LLMs to polish this post. I’m working on integrating multiple Kubernetes services with an existing AWS Network Load Balancer (NLB), and I’m trying to understand the best architecture before I scale this further. My Situation: I already have an NLB created in AWS. I run many Kubernetes services — easily 40+ backend services across environments (Dev, Staging, Prod). Each environment might have around 10–15 services, all of which may need exposure externally. Inside Kubernetes: My pods expose internal ports like 3001, 3002, 8080, etc. I want the NLB to expose different front-end ports (e.g., 77, 81, 6000, etc.) pointing to each backend service. I do not want Kubernetes to create a new NLB for each service if I can avoid it. What I know so far Using a Kubernetes Service of type LoadBalancer with annotations: service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-type: nlb service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-arn: <existing-nlb-arn> service.beta.kubernetes.io/aws-load-balancer-nlb-target-type: ip …Kubernetes (with the AWS Load Balancer Controller) should automatically: Create listeners on the existing NLB (e.g., port 77) Create and attach new target groups Register pods automatically Handle scaling Avoid manual node registration My Big Question: Scaling to 40+ Services When you have dozens of microservices, what is the best practice? One shared NLB for many services? (Meaning 40+ listeners + 40+ target groups on one NLB) One NLB per environment? (e.g., 1 for Dev, 1 for Staging, 1 for Prod — each with ~10–15 services) One NLB per service? (Which seems expensive and messy, but maybe some people still do it?) What I want to understand Is attaching many Kubernetes services (40+) to a single NLB recommended or risky? Are there NLB listener/target-group scaling limits I should worry about? Is it cleaner/better to create one NLB per environment instead? How do you structure a multi-service architecture on AWS so it stays manageable? submitted by /u/Icy-Pomegranate-5157 [link] [comments]
I passed my cloud practitioner exam. I got into AWS ReStart 13 weeks ago and I took my exam on Friday. I will be taking the Solutions Architect Associate next, so I have started studying for it. submitted by /u/whoisuser2 [link] [comments]
Hello, I recently created an AWS account to train a model. However, when I try to train the model in SageMaker Studio, it says I need to request a quota increase for the A10G GPU instance (ml.g5.2xlarge). I submitted a quota increase request, but it has been over a day and there has been no response. What should I do? Is it normal for this to take this long? My time is limited and I’m trying to finish my project on schedule. submitted by /u/normandyboi [link] [comments]
Just passed the SAA-C03 and wanted to share. I got my results within 4 hours of completing the exam. (On a Saturday night no less!) I was not confident in my performance and thought surely I had failed. The exam is pretty difficult in my opinion. Taking lots of practice tests is absolutely necessary. I watched the free Exampro/Freecodecamp YouTube course (50 hours!), and did practice tests on ExamPro and TutorialsDojo. The practice tests on exampro are considerably easier than the real exam. TD is on par. I finished all questions with about 5 minutes to spare. Using the software to take the test online was kind of a pain. I had to buy a Windows license and dual boot my desktop, as well as buy a webcam. If you’re taking this test soon you’ve got this! Just relax and think like a solutions architect! submitted by /u/Extreme-Layer-1201 [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I am very happy to join this community. I took the SAA-C03 and got passed. I took Adrian Cantrill's course on October and spend more than 1 month watching his videos. Then, I practised the tests from Stephane Maarek on Udemy, 2 times for each test and got around 81~87%. The video content provided me a great foundation and the practice exams provided me a great opportunity to work on the actual problems as well as the services that were not mentioned in the video course. The real exam questions are not exactly the same as the ones I practised in the courses but the courses provide enough knowledge to tackle the problems in the real exam. Looking forward to engaging with this community and continuing my AWS learning journey! https://preview.redd.it/t6ugs0a55p5g1.png?width=1598&format=png&auto=webp&s=ede633a29da44ff6b4111af1739f5fa692665adc submitted by /u/dldien [link] [comments]
I got chance to attend ECS express mode session at AWS re:invent 2025 and person who was working also so much excited to bring this feature and passion towards was great. I still believe those peps in AWS working toward developer experience. Looking forward to More. What more improvement you are looking in upcoming days ? And what your opinion on ECS express mode ? submitted by /u/aviboy2006 [link] [comments]
I passed and I'm very happy I took Stephen Mareek's course on Udemy and his simulations too I was always reaching 60%, but I saw here that both his and TD's simulations are very difficult So I decided to try And it worked, thanks guys for the tips Towards SAP-C02 submitted by /u/ollycris [link] [comments]
Hey everyone, I passed my AWS Solutions Architect Associate exam last week, so I wanted to share what actually helped me, especially for anyone who is preparing right now. 1. Stephen Mareek’s course was my base His explanations made it easy to understand core services like EC2, VPC, S3, RDS, DynamoDB, CloudFront, and IAM. I didn’t memorize anything — I just tried to understand his scenario examples. 2. Tutorials Dojo (TD) practice tests were the REAL game changer I took the TD practice exams and review mode very seriously. The question style is very close to the actual exam. Every time I got something wrong, I read the explanations and that improved my understanding a lot. 3. Hands-on is very important Simple labs like: – Hosting a static website on S3 – Creating EC2 + ALB + Auto Scaling – Setting up RDS These helped me connect theory with real scenarios. 4. Exam tips Many questions look long and confusing, but the answer becomes clear when you find the “key requirement” in the question — cost, high availability, performance, or security. 5. If you’re learning now My advice: – Watch Stephen – Practice with Tutorials Dojo – Do small labs – Don’t rush the exam If anyone is preparing and needs help understanding topics or choosing resources, feel free to ask. I’d be happy to share what worked for me. Good luck to everyone! Then you need keywords pdf comment me ! submitted by /u/Lingesh-2-9 [link] [comments]
I’m so grateful for the community I joined—I got all the resources I needed, and my doubts were cleared up! To be honest, I read about two months of preparation. I followed Stephan Mareek and did some randomised quizzes from Tutorials Dojo. The exam was a bit more challenging than the practice exams from Tutorials Dojo, but I initially thought I wouldn’t pass, but thank goodness, I did pass!!!!! submitted by /u/Uttam__h [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I just wanted to share my early Christmas gift to myself. I passed the AWS SAA Examination last night. I'm really happy because things went according to my plan, which was to take the exam in the first week of December. What I did was I watched Stephane Maarek’s AWS SAA courses. Before watching those, I had also passed the AWS CCP this year. After passing the CCP, I studied Terraform. I applied what I learned in the AWS CCP by using Terraform to provision infrastructure. A few months later, I built a simple project using Terraform—just basic provisioning, really, but it was helpful for someone new to the cloud like me. After that, I decided to start Stephane’s courses, and my goal was to take the exam this first week of December—and thank God, I passed. Honestly, I didn’t expect the result because I found the questions really challenging and didn’t think I would pass. While taking the exam, I felt my answers weren’t enough to make it. But early this morning, I half-awoke and checked my phone, specifically my Gmail notifications. I saw something from Credly. At first, I didn’t expect to pass, but when I checked the actual website, I was overjoyed. That’s it. By the way, I also took practice exams from Tutorial Dojo, and my initial scores for each section ranged from 50% to 70%. I just want to tell others to trust yourselves and study well. You can pass the AWS SAA Examination too. That’s all. God bless everyone. submitted by /u/LowDiscount6694 [link] [comments]
I've enjoyed and been inspired by your keynotes over the past 14 years. Context: Dr. Werner Vogels announced that his closing keynote at the 2025 re:Invent will be his last. submitted by /u/m0t0rbr3th [link] [comments]
List of recommended resources to study for the new AWS Certified Security - Specialty Exam SCS-C03 version. Last updated : 30-Nov-2025 The SCS-C03 exam replaces SCS-C02 version starting December 2, 2025. Please note - the C03 exam is new. A lot of the third party learning materials are still referencing the C02 outline (even if the course title gets updated to C03) and will need time to get updated to be comprehensive. The exam guide and linked post with list of changes should help in the interim identify areas you may need to study up before the exam. Recommended pathway Read the new exam guide and the differences between the previous version (SCS-C02) and current version (SCS-C03) Get ONE video course and watch it end to end (recommendations below) Read whitepapers / review new announcements from re:Invent 2023, re:Invent 2024 and all new services launched six months ago. Do ONE decent set of practice exams (recommendations below) OPTIONAL - Study the FREE Security Champion pathway and get the free badge Check for any vouchers / discounts available to book your exam Take and pass the exam! Subreddit Search Use the subreddit search feature and read articles from everyone in the last year who posted about this exam / passed it. There is a wealth of detail / experience here to learn from : Subreddit Search Link) Exam Details The exam code is SCS-C03 AWS Certifications official Security Specialty page with all the details Always read the Exam Guide as it tells you what is in or out of scope. AWS Official Materials As of writing this post, the latest material tracking the new exam guide is only available from AWS in the form of their "Exam Prep" resource which is a combination of FREE and Subscription Tier materials. AWS Skillbuilder Official SCS-C03 Exam Prep You can also just search Skillbuilder.aws for "Security" domain and FREE courses and find courses like the AWS Security Fundamentals which are all useful and good for coverage. Video Courses Udemy Courses : Udemy is a marketplace for courses created by independent authors. Two of the well known authors are mentioned below but please note that Udemy's pricing model can be a bit weird. One day it may show 150 USD for a course and another day 15 USD. This price it high and discount it heavily model catches out most people - so NEVER pay more than USD 20 for anything on Udemy. Just wait for a day or so and prices may change. Opening Udemy in another incognito browser etc usually yields a different price or follow the authors on social media for codes that shrink the cost. Stéphane Maarek : Note : As of 30-Nov-2025, Stephane's course is still marked as SCS-C02 Go via his site : Datacumulus.com for links to his Security course with the best available coupon. Neil Davis : Security course by Neal Davis on Udemy Note : Neil has updated the course title to say SCS-C03 but please be aware that the course may not yet fully cover SCS-C03 outline as that just got released. For example a quick check on 30-Nov-2025 shows no bedrock coverage or any Gen AI content. Either one of these Udemy courses is sufficient. You still need to combine it with practice exams but you do not need more than 1 video course. Other sites : Adrian Cantrill is an independent content creator and has his own site from where you can obtain courses. There has been polarizing feedback about his online engagement and promises to keep bundles updated, so do your own due diligence (Please avoid digressing this post with any comments on this topic). His courses are included here as they were always recognized as a premium offering with a deeper dive into the security domains than other Udemy based courses. If you want to go beyond just passing the exam, try his courses. Otherwise go with other options listed here. Note : As of 30-Nov-2025, the course does not look to include any of the SCS-C03 domains. As the course is very expensive ($96 today without any discounts applied), you may want to see if it gets updated to cover the new exam before investing into this. https://learn.cantrill.io/ Exampro.co Unfortunately Andrew Brown's course on Security says "This study course is only partially complete. You can purchase this course to gain early access." I cannot recommend this course at this time but keep an eye on it. Andrew has been pushing out a ton of other free content on FreeCodeCamp's YouTube channel you can check out. QA's Learning Platform (formerly "Cloud Academy") QA course is still on SCS-C02 2. Practice Exams Please do NOT fall for "dumps" - if anyone offers you the EXACT list of AWS questions or guarantees the question bank matches the exam - these are dumps. There are also YouTube videos where people go through practice questions and try to answer them - many of these are based on online dumps and you should avoid these too. AWS Official Materials The AWS Skillbuilder Official SCS-C03 Exam Prep covered already has a free and paid set of practice exams. The free one is very small number of questions and isn't close to the main exam in quantity / quality but the paid tier is useful if you have access. Independent sites Tutorialsdojo.com Tutorialsdojo SCS-C03 Practice exam The Practice exam has a note saying "This reviewer is continually being updated to the latest AWS Certified Security Specialty SCS-C03 exam content and we will continue to push more updates regularly based on the official SCS-C03 Exam Guide" - so expect it to get updated regularly but only cover C02 materials for now. Tutorialsdojo are THE recommended independent resource for practice exam questions and if you buy now it should get updated to new exam soon. I have passed many exams with "TD" as they get abbreviated here - they are also an AWS Authorized Training Partner lending more credibility. Do note that practice exams bought from TD expire after a year of purchase. Udemy Again note that the exam is new and hasn't yet started - so any practice exams here will mostly cover the C02 outline till they get updated. Stéphane Maarek : again go via his site : Datacumulus.com Neal Davis : Neal Davis SCS-C03 practice exams Other popular sites : Whizlabs I haven't used them personally but they come up on the odd occasion WHIZLABS - They are also known for their sandbox environment. Miscellaneous useful material (optional but do review these) Amazon Security specific blogs - try and read a post at a time, make some notes, review linked services and keep doing this scrolling back as far as you can go! AWS Ramp-Up Guide : Security, Identity and Compliance IAM Deep Dive - Video This is a video from re:Inforce 2022 but is a great introduction to AWS IAM and is just under an hour. IAM Policy Ninja - Video This is a slightly older resource but it gets revised for every reinvent but the fundamentals it covers are all the same - a good watch Not Recommended sites : Sites that are sadly NOT recommended anymore - Avoid A Cloud Guru / Pluralsight as their courses are not considered the best anymore. They used to be leaders but somehow have fallen behind and their subscription model doesnt work in a world with cheap one time purchase courses. If you get free access to ACG via work - then definitely use it for the free labs / sandbox platform but don't rely too much on the course and their practice exams. If you want a sandbox to experiment - then ACG offers one but so do Whizlabs and Tutorialsdojo. FAQ Do I need ALL this material? No. Just one of each is fine. Example : just Stephane's Course + Tutorialsdojo Do I really need to do hands on work? Yes - it is recommended that you get some hands on work at the specialty level. You can use one of the sandboxes but be careful using your own free tier account that you dont end up with leaving resources running too long and getting a big bill. Always secure your account and set billing alarms and dont create an account till you know how to do these! Where can I find vouchers for the exam? Refer to the 2025 Discounts post Usually there are no discounts for Specialty level. You are expected to have at least SAA (Solutions Architect Associate) level knowledge before Specialties - so passing SAA should give you a 50% off SCS. Can I cheat my way using Dumps that I found online / my mate gave me / found on GitHub / YouTube? Using dumps there is a high chance you fail and/or get caught / banned - the risk isnt worth it. Stick with genuine resources. Can I pass with just free resources as I cannot afford the resources? There are not many free resources aligned with this exam that will prepare you fully. If you have hands-on experience maybe there is a chance. At a minimum invest $15 in a good quality practice exam (I recommend Tutorialsdojo) Can I take SCS as my first AWS Cert We recommend that you at least have passed or have in depth hands on experience at the Solutions Architect Associate level. See the SAA guides above for more details about that exam. Are there books to learn from instead of videos? Books get out of date too quickly and I do not recommend learning from them. However there is an official Sybex Guide to the exam. Tutorialsdojo and Neal Davis (Digital Cloud) also have an ebook. You can google for links to these. Can I buy Tutorialsdojo via Udemy? Jon Bonso's courses on Udemy did not list a Security Specialty practice exam when I searched for it. I failed my practice exam or Why do I find the practice exams tough after studying the videos? It is very common to fail or find the practice exams very tough to start with as video courses do not cover 100% of the curriculum or the types of questions asked in the practice exams. Don't worry about it too much and just keep working through it What score should I get on practice exams to guarantee an exam pass There is no magic formula that says if you got X % on the practice exams you will pass the main certification exam. Usually high 80's is good but there are plenty who never passed a single practice exam but aced the actual exam as the LEARNING they got with the practice exams is what is important - not the score. For every practice exam you take - work on the incorrect or guessed answers. Check the cheat sheets, online AWS documentation and official AWS / re:Invent videos and make sure you really understand WHY a particular answer was right the others incorrect. If you work methodically through the questions you will learn a ton more and the exam becomes easier. I read someone said their exam did not cover Service XYZ - can I skip it myself? Everyone gets a different exam from a vast pile of questions AWS have. They also keep adding / removing questions. Just because someone else did not get a question on Service XYZ doesnt mean you wont get the question or just cause they got a ton of S3 questions you will get the same. Expect it to be different. The study guide for the exam covers what is expected to be in scope. Also note that some questions are not graded and may be tricky questions thrown in for future use. Good Luck folks! If you find this post useful - please upvote so it shows high up on any search. This post is written for benefit of this community and please comment with any constructive feedback / suggestions / changes required. submitted by /u/madrasi2021 [link] [comments]
Before posting a question, please see if it is already answered below (especially if you are new to this subreddit). It saves us a lot of work repeatedly answering the same questions. If you are looking for resources to study for Certifications, please make sure you have reviewed the official AWS Certification page first and then use the exam code for resources guides below. Vouchers / Discounts for 2025 AWS Certification Exams Recommended study resources for Foundational level Exams Cloud Practitioner CCP/CLF AI Practitioner AIF Recommended study resources for Associate Level Exams Solutions Architect SAA Developer DVA Data Engineer DEA Machine Learning MLA CloudOps (prev. SysOps) SOA Recommended study resources for Professional Level Exams SA Professional SAP DevOps Professional DOP Gen AI Developer Professional AIP Recommended study resources for Specialty Level Exams Security (old version) SCS / New SCS-C03 exam Advanced Networking ANS Machine Learning is being deprecated 31-March-2026 - I don't have a guide for this. How long do results take and why did I not get a Pass/Fail on completing exam? Absolute Beginners guide to skilling up for FREE (not certifications) Free Learning / Digital Badges : Beginner levelIntermediate Level (not certifications) -if you cannot afford the exams and want something to boost your resume - start here What happened to Emerging Talent Community (ETC) rewards? Should I buy Tutorialsdojo via Udemy or their website? 50% off any other AWS exam if you pass any AWS Exam - All your Exam Benefit questions answered How much % pass do I need on practice exams? leaving blank Projects and Hands on practice New Certifications, Certification Retirements submitted by /u/madrasi2021 [link] [comments]
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
AWS has provided whitepapers to help you understand the technical concepts. Below are the recommended whitepapers for the AWS Certified Developer – Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The AWS Certified Developer-Associate Examination (DVA-C01) is a pass or fail exam. The examination is scored against a minimum standard established by AWS professionals guided by certification industry best practices and guidelines.
Your results for the examination are reported as a score from 100 – 1000, with a minimum passing score of 720.
Domain 1: Deployment (22%) 1.1 Deploy written code in AWS using existing CI/CD pipelines, processes, and patterns. 1.2 Deploy applications using Elastic Beanstalk. 1.3 Prepare the application deployment package to be deployed to AWS. 1.4 Deploy serverless applications
22%
Domain 2: Security (26%) 2.1 Make authenticated calls to AWS services. 2.2 Implement encryption using AWS services. 2.3 Implement application authentication and authorization.
26%
Domain 3: Development with AWS Services (30%) 3.1 Write code for serverless applications. 3.2 Translate functional requirements into application design. 3.3 Implement application design into application code. 3.4 Write code that interacts with AWS services by using APIs, SDKs, and AWS CLI.
30%
Domain 4: Refactoring 4.1 Optimize application to best use AWS services and features. 4.2 Migrate existing application code to run on AWS.
10%
Domain 5: Monitoring and Troubleshooting (10%) 5.1 Write code that can be monitored. 5.2 Perform root cause analysis on faults found in testing or production.
In this AWS tutorial, we are going to discuss how we can make the best use of AWS services to build a highly scalable, and fault tolerant configuration of EC2 instances. The use of Load Balancers and Auto Scaling Groups falls under a number of best practices in AWS, including Performance Efficiency, Reliability and high availability.
Before we dive into this hands-on tutorial on how exactly we can build this solution, let’s have a brief recap on what an Auto Scaling group is, and what a Load balancer is.
Autoscaling group (ASG)
An Autoscaling group (ASG) is a logical grouping of instances which can scale up and scale down depending on pre-configured settings. By setting Scaling policies of your ASG, you can choose how many EC2 instances are launched and terminated based on your application’s load. You can do this based on manual, dynamic, scheduled or predictive scaling.
Elastic Load Balancer (ELB)
An Elastic Load Balancer (ELB) is a name describing a number of services within AWS designed to distribute traffic across multiple EC2 instances in order to provide enhanced scalability, availability, security and more. The particular type of Load Balancer we will be using today is an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The ALB is a Layer 7 Load Balancer designed to distribute HTTP/HTTPS traffic across multiple nodes – with added features such as TLS termination, Sticky Sessions and Complex routing configurations.
Getting Started
First of all, we open our AWS management console and head to the EC2 management console.
We scroll down on the left-hand side and select ‘Launch Templates’. A Launch Template is a configuration template which defines the settings for EC2 instances launched by the ASG.
Under Launch Templates, we will select “Create launch template”.
We specify the name ‘MyTestTemplate’ and use the same text in the description.
Under the ‘Auto Scaling guidance’ box, tick the box which says ‘Provide guidance to help me set up a template that I can use with EC2 Auto Scaling’ and scroll down to launch template contents.
When it comes to choosing our AMI (Amazon Machine Image) we can choose the Amazon Linux 2 under ‘Quick Start’.
The Amazon Linux 2 AMI is free tier eligible, and easy to use for our demonstration purposes.
Next, we select the ‘t2.micro’ under instance types, as this is also free tier eligible.
Under Network Settings, we create a new Security Group called ExampleSG in our default VPC, allowing HTTP access to everyone. It should look like this.
AWS Certified Developer Associate exam: Additional Information for reference
Below are some useful reference links that would help you to learn about AWS Certified Developer Associate Exam.
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
The Cloud is the future: Get Certified now. The AWS Certified Solution Architect Average Salary is: US $149,446/year. Get Certified with the App below:
Today I have completed CCP Udemy stephens course along with pdf notes and planning to take his practice tests in Udemy. But I am not much confident not sure why. Do I need to study more elsewhere or can I go ahead with practice exams and learn from my mistakes? Planning to schedule my exam by end of December. Is this time sufficient for me to give practice tests and get ready for the exam or can I take more time? Anyone who can help me with free notes or PDF for CCP which includes important services and their points just like a summary would be really helpful for me. submitted by /u/splunklearner95 [link] [comments]
I passed my Cloud and AI practitioner exams last month and really want to take either ML or Data Engineering associate next so I could include it/them on my CV on my hunt for an internship. I have no prior experience with hands on AWS except labs from Skillbuilder. Do you think I should study for these assoc certs considering my background or should I opt for SAA first? The reason why I want to take Data and ML engineering assoc certs is because I want to be an AI/ML engineer and I only have two full vouchers for an associate certification. submitted by /u/axellindsayp [link] [comments]
Hi All, I purchased the foundational Exam voucher code from https://awsstore.pearsonvue.com/. I made the payment, and I received the order confirmation email as well. But still haven't received the Voucher email so that I can book the exam? Where can I get the voucher now? In the order History I can see the below. thanks https://preview.redd.it/7u30c577d56g1.png?width=1762&format=png&auto=webp&s=3eb660123109e9d0a9753399a5799b882b231689 submitted by /u/amajd-sayyam [link] [comments]
https://preview.redd.it/yqu0irt9726g1.png?width=1000&format=png&auto=webp&s=cc1017938423b016d5764846906240bc53a03afb Background: Game Developer (Linux user) Previous cloud certs: None Other certs: CompTIA Security+ Completed Network+ course (no exam) Practice exams: Tutorial Dojo: ~80%+ Study resources: Adrian Cantrill Stephane Maarek Used both based on weak areas identified through practice exams. Additional resources: AWS Skill Builder (tried briefly, not primary resource) Tips: If you’re a non-native English speaker, apply for exam accommodations. Extra time helps. Consider taking the exam in person, as bathroom breaks are allowed and there’s less risk of technical or connectivity issues. Thanks again to the community for the shared resources and discussions. Hope this helps someone preparing for the exam. submitted by /u/Equivalent_Bird [link] [comments]
I'm interested in getting my Cloud knowledge up and am considering starting with SAA C03. I am also considering buying a course from Udemy. Does anyone have any recommendations to prepare for the exam? I've been looking at two courses by: Stephane Maarek and Neal David I will say I have high level knowledge, so I am not a complete beginner (I think). Would appreciate any guidance from you folk! submitted by /u/fulfillthevision [link] [comments]
I have my AWS exam on Wednesday. I have both PAN and Aadhaar cards in PVC form. My PAN has my photo and signature, and my Aadhaar card has my photo but no signature. Will this be acceptable? What should I do? https://www.pearsonvue.com/content/dam/VUE/vue/global/documents/global-id-policy/Pearson-VUE-Aadhaar-ID-Policy-English.pdf Saw this on web submitted by /u/DueVermicelli623 [link] [comments]
Took SAP-C02 last night, started off great then a few of the multiple choice questions became something of a time suck - leading to me answering the last 10 - 12 questions in about 5 minutes. Safe to say those last questions didn't get the thoughtful consideration they deserved. Got the results today - scored 714 - which, all things considered - could/should have been much worse. So - sat for exam on the 7th - can I reschedule for the 21st or 22nd? Already have 2 vouchers to use by 1/18/26 and would like to get SAP-C02 wrapped up as soon as I can. Also - currently in the market for any observations, or insights to ensure the next time I take it I pass. My suggestion - regardless of how you may have done time wise on practice exams, still be sure to manage your time when sitting for the actual exam. I'd typically wrap up practice exams with 15-20 minutes left, not so when I took it for real. submitted by /u/OkPain2052 [link] [comments]
I was late on my monthly payment by 5 days (due to a typo in my billing info), account was paused I immediately paid for the past due bill 10 mins after I realized it was down It's been 12 hours and my services are still not back up. My payments cleared I'm being charged as we speak, yet I still have no access and can't adjust system, My instances are down and I cannot bring them back up. I've submitted five tickets now, where the hell is customer service!? submitted by /u/Final-Reality-404 [link] [comments]
Hey everyone, I’ve applied to the AWS Activate Builder program three times now and keep getting rejected. I even bought a domain and set up a matching business email . But the latest rejection still says my application doesn’t meet the requirements and that the email on my AWS account must match the domain on the application, and that free email providers aren’t accepted - which I’ve already fixed. At this point, my initial $200 AWS credits from signup are almost fully used up, and I’m worried I’ll have to pause development soon. If anyone has gone through something similar or knows what AWS might be checking behind the scenes, I’d really appreciate any advice or pointers. Thanks in advance to anyone willing to help. https://preview.redd.it/0h3jgbcws06g1.png?width=1026&format=png&auto=webp&s=4bc4a4bf26855fc7512086c7b93e8eb45ac2420c https://preview.redd.it/vdfoin6ps06g1.png?width=508&format=png&auto=webp&s=d8a693c36c30ebbd96e2faa4657ec1bf531a6097 submitted by /u/Big_Barracuda_6753 [link] [comments]
Posting this as part of an audit engagement and industry discussion around CVE-2025-55182, the critical RCE affecting React Server Components. This came up during reviews of workloads running React (incl. SSR / RSC) on ECS, EC2, and Fargate, even in cases where server actions weren’t intentionally used. Looking to hear real-world experiences from the community: Did this CVE surface during audits or security scans in your environment? Were any services found vulnerable due to transitive React dependencies? Did this affect containerized workloads on ECS / Fargate or EC2? How did this show up for you - SCA tools, pen tests, WAF alerts, runtime detection, or customer reports? Was this treated as an emergency patch or rolled into regular upgrade cycles? Any unexpected impact (downtime, rollbacks, broken builds, redeploy complexity)? Did frontend ownership vs infra ownership slow response in your org? submitted by /u/shagul998 [link] [comments]
Passed the certified developer associate this week.
Primary study was Stephane Maarek’s course on Udemy.
I also used the Practice Exams by Stephane Maarek and Abhishek Singh.
I used Stephane’s course and practice exams for the Solutions Architect Associate as well, and find his course does a good job preparing you to pass the exams.
The practice exams were more challenging than the actual exam, so they are a good gauge to see if you are ready for the exam.
Haven’t decided if I’ll do another associate level certification next or try for the solutions architect professional.
I cleared Developer associate exam yesterday. I scored 873. Actual Exam Exp: More questions were focused on mainly on Lambda, API, Dynamodb, cloudfront, cognito(must know proper difference between user pool and identity pool) 3 questions I found were just for redis vs memecached (so maybe you can focus more here also to know exact use case& difference.) other topic were cloudformation, beanstalk, sts, ec2. Exam was mix of too easy and too tough for me. some questions were one liner and somewhere too long.
Resources: The main resources I used was udemy. Course of Stéphane Maarek and practice exams of Neal Davis and Stéphane Maarek. These exams proved really good and they even helped me in focusing the area which I lacked. And they are up to the level to actual exam, I found 3-4 exact same questions in actual exam(This might be just luck ! ). so I feel, the course of stephane is more than sufficient and you can trust it. I have achieved solution architect associate previously so I knew basic things, so I took around 2 weeks for preparation and revised the Stephen’s course as much as possible. Parallelly I gave the mentioned exams as well, which guided me where to focus more.
Thanks to all of you and feel free to comment/DM me, if you think I can help you in anyway for achieving the same.
Passed the Developer Associate. My Notes.
There was more SNS “fan out” options. None of the Udemy or Tutorial Dojo tests had that.
They aren’t joking about the 30 min check I and expiring your exam if you don’t check in at least 15 mins before hand.
When you finish do a pass over review for multi select questions and check the number required.
Review again and look for gotcha phrases like “least operational cost”, “fastest solution”, “most secure”, and “least expensive”. Change your answers of you put on what “you” would do.
Watch out for questions that mention services that don’t really have anything to do with the problem.
Look at every service mentioned in the question. You can probably think of a better stack for the solution but just adhere to what the present.
If you are clueless of an answer start by ruling out the ones you KNOW are wrong and then guess.
Take as many practice exams like tutorial dojo as you can. On review filter out the review for “incorrect”. Open another tab on the subject and read up or book mark it.
I would get 50-60% first pass at each exam. Then 85-95% after reading the answer and the open tabs and book marks.
If taking the Pearson proctored online test down load the OnVue App as soon as you can. Installing that thing made me miss the 15 min window and I had to rebook and pay. Their checkin is confusing between all the cert portals and their own site. Just use the “Manage Pearson Exams” from the aws cert portal to force auth to theirs.
New versions of the Developer (Associate) and DevOps Engineer (Professional) exams in Feb/March 2023
Past January as usual I chose some goals to achieve during 2022, including to obtain an AWS certification. In February I started studying using the Pluralsight platform. The course for developers is a good introduction but is messy sometimes. At the end of the course I had a big picture of the main AWS services but I was really confused by all the different topics. Pluralsight offers alsl some labs that allowed me to practice with AWS services because I my work wasn’t related to cloud.
Then a senior engineer suggested me to study using ACloudGuru platform and I loved their contents. They focus only on the details necessary for the exam. During the videos they show useful list to summarize services and tables to compare them. Moreover they offer a quite unrestricted playground where to put your hands. So i could try their labs but also try my first cloudformation scripts and lambdas. There are also 4 practice exams that are very similar to real questions. Even though their platform is buggy sometimes, the subscription was worth it.
At the same time I purchased the pack of practice questions from Jon Bonso on Udemy and indeed the answer explainations are very detailed and very useful.
For practicing more, I was adding wrong questions to the Anki desktop application but I was revising them on my phone whenever I could. I ended up with 150 different questions on Anki.
In the meantime, in August I left my software engineer job because my boss told me that I was not able to work with cloud technologies. In september I started a new job as cloud engineer in a new company. Finally, in October I passed the Developer Associate exam and I scored 910.
I put a lot of effort into prepare the exam and eventually i got it! However I believe this is just my first step and I want to keep studying. My next objective is the Solutions Architect Associate certification.
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
Are you passionate about AI and looking for your next career challenge? In the fast-evolving world of artificial intelligence, connecting with the right opportunities can make all the difference. We're excited to recommend Mercor, a premier platform dedicated to bridging the gap between exceptional AI professionals and innovative companies.
Whether you're seeking roles in machine learning, data science, or other cutting-edge AI fields, Mercor offers a streamlined path to your ideal position. Explore the possibilities and accelerate your AI career by visiting Mercor through our exclusive referral link:
And before we wrap up today's AI news, I wanted to share an exciting opportunity for those of you looking to advance your careers in the AI space. You know how rapidly the landscape is evolving, and finding the right fit can be a challenge. That's why I'm excited about Mercor – they're a platform specifically designed to connect top-tier AI talent with leading companies. Whether you're a data scientist, machine learning engineer, or something else entirely, Mercor can help you find your next big role. If you're ready to take the next step in your AI career, check them out through my referral link: https://work.mercor.com/?referralCode=82d5f4e3-e1a3-4064-963f-c197bb2c8db1. It's a fantastic resource, and I encourage you to explore the opportunities they have available.
The AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Exam (CLF-C02) is an introduction to AWS services and the intention is to examine the candidates ability to define what the AWS cloud is and its global infrastructure. It provides an overview of AWS core services security aspects, pricing and support services. The main objective is to provide an overall understanding about the Amazon Web Services Cloud platform. The course helps you get the conceptual understanding of the AWS and can help you know about the basics of AWS and cloud computing, including the services, cases and benefits [Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here]
Prepare and Ace the AWS Cloud Practitioner Certification CCP CLF-C02: Practice Exam, Quizzes for each Exam Category, Detailed Answers, FAQs, I Passed AWS CCP Testimonials, Top 10 Tips and Tricks to help you ace the AWS CCP exam
To succeed with the real exam, do not memorize the answers below. It is very important that you understand why a question is right or wrong and the concepts behind it by carefully reading the reference documents in the answers.
aws cloud practitioner practice questions and answers
aws cloud practitioner practice exam questions and references
Q1:For auditing purposes, your company now wants to monitor all API activity for all regions in your AWS environment. What can you use to fulfill this new requirement?
A. For each region, enable CloudTrail and send all logs to a bucket in each region.
B. Enable CloudTrail for all regions.
C. Ensure one CloudTrail is enabled for all regions.
D. Use AWS Config to enable the trail for all regions.
Ensure one CloudTrail is enabled for all regions. Turn on CloudTrail for all regions in your environment and CloudTrail will deliver log files from all regions to one S3 bucket. AWS CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, and risk auditing of your AWS account. With CloudTrail, you can log, continuously monitor, and retain account activity related to actions across your AWS infrastructure. CloudTrail provides event history of your AWS account activity, including actions taken through the AWS Management Console, AWS SDKs, command line tools, and other AWS services. This event history simplifies security analysis, resource change tracking, and troubleshooting.
Use a VPC Endpoint to access S3. A VPC endpoint enables you to privately connect your VPC to supported AWS services and VPC endpoint services powered by PrivateLink without requiring an internet gateway, NAT device, VPN connection, or AWS Direct Connect connection. Instances in your VPC do not require public IP addresses to communicate with resources in the service. Traffic between your VPC and the other service does not leave the Amazon network.
AWS PrivateLink simplifies the security of data shared with cloud-based applications by eliminating the exposure of data to the public Internet.
[Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] It is AWS responsibility to secure Edge locations and decommission the data. AWS responsibility “Security of the Cloud” – AWS is responsible for protecting the infrastructure that runs all of the services offered in the AWS Cloud. This infrastructure is composed of the hardware, software, networking, and facilities that run AWS Cloud services.
Q4:You have EC2 instances running at 90% utilization and you expect this to continue for at least a year. What type of EC2 instance would you choose to ensure your cost stay at a minimum?
[Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] Reserved instances are the best choice for instances with continuous usage and offer a reduced cost because you purchase the instance for the entire year. Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances (RI) provide a significant discount (up to 75%) compared to On-Demand pricing and provide a capacity reservation when used in a specific Availability Zone.
The AWS Simple Monthly Calculator helps customers and prospects estimate their monthly AWS bill more efficiently. Using this tool, they can add, modify and remove services from their ‘bill’ and it will recalculate their estimated monthly charges automatically.
A. Sign up for the free alert under filing preferences in the AWS Management Console.
B. Set a schedule to regularly review the Billing an Cost Management dashboard each month.
C. Create an email alert in AWS Budget
D. In CloudWatch, create an alarm that triggers each time the limit is exceeded.
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (C) [Get AWS CCP Practice Exam PDF Dumps here] AWS Budgets gives you the ability to set custom budgets that alert you when your costs or usage exceed (or are forecasted to exceed) your budgeted amount. You can also use AWS Budgets to set reservation utilization or coverage targets and receive alerts when your utilization drops below the threshold you define. Reservation alerts are supported for Amazon EC2, Amazon RDS, Amazon Redshift, Amazon ElastiCache, and Amazon Elasticsearch reservations.
Q7:An Edge Location is a specialization AWS data centre that works with which services?
A. Lambda
B. CloudWatch
C. CloudFront
D. Route 53
Answer:
Answer: Get AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Exam CCP CLF-C02 eBook Print Book here Lambda@Edge lets you run Lambda functions to customize the content that CloudFront delivers, executing the functions in AWS locations closer to the viewer. Amazon CloudFront is a web service that speeds up distribution of your static and dynamic web content, such as .html, .css, .js, and image files, to your users. CloudFront delivers your content through a worldwide network of data centers called edge locations. When a user requests content that you’re serving with CloudFront, the user is routed to the edge location that provides the lowest latency (time delay), so that content is delivered with the best possible performance.
CloudFront speeds up the distribution of your content by routing each user request through the AWS backbone network to the edge location that can best serve your content. Typically, this is a CloudFront edge server that provides the fastest delivery to the viewer. Using the AWS network dramatically reduces the number of networks that your users’ requests must pass through, which improves performance. Users get lower latency—the time it takes to load the first byte of the file—and higher data transfer rates.
You also get increased reliability and availability because copies of your files (also known as objects) are now held (or cached) in multiple edge locations around the world.
Anser: A. Route 53 is a domain name system service by AWS. When a Disaster does occur , it can be easy to switch to secondary sites using the Route53 service. Amazon Route 53 is a highly available and scalable cloud Domain Name System (DNS) web service. It is designed to give developers and businesses an extremely reliable and cost effective way to route end users to Internet applications by translating names like www.example.com into the numeric IP addresses like 192.0.2.1 that computers use to connect to each other. Amazon Route 53 is fully compliant with IPv6 as well.
Answer: D. The below snapshot from the AWS Documentation shows the spectrum of the Disaster recovery methods. If you go to the further end of the spectrum you have the least time for downtime for the users.
Q11:Your company is planning to host resources in the AWS Cloud. They want to use services which can be used to decouple resources hosted on the cloud. Which of the following services can help fulfil this requirement?
A. AWS EBS Volumes
B. AWS EBS Snapshots
C. AWS Glacier
D. AWS SQS
Answer:
D. AWS SQS: Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) offers a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between applications or microservices. It moves data between distributed application components and helps you decouple these components.
A. 99.999999999% Durability and 99.99% Availability S3 Standard Storage class has a rating of 99.999999999% durability (referred to as 11 nines) and 99.99% availability.
A. Redshift is a database offering that is fully-managed and used for data warehousing and analytics, including compatibility with existing business intelligence tools.
B. and C. CENTRALLY MANAGE POLICIES ACROSS MULTIPLE AWS ACCOUNTS AUTOMATE AWS ACCOUNT CREATION AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL ACCESS TO AWS SERVICES CONSOLIDATE BILLING ACROSS MULTIPLE AWS ACCOUNTS
Q17:There is a requirement hosting a set of servers in the Cloud for a short period of 3 months. Which of the following types of instances should be chosen to be cost effective.
A. Spot Instances
B. On-Demand
C. No Upfront costs Reserved
D. Partial Upfront costs Reserved
Answer:
B. Since the requirement is just for 3 months, then the best cost effective option is to use On-Demand Instances.
You can use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to monitor, store, and access your log files from Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, AWS CloudTrail, and other sources. You can then retrieve the associated log data from CloudWatch Log.
Q22:A company is deploying a new two-tier web application in AWS. The company wants to store their most frequently used data so that the response time for the application is improved. Which AWS service provides the solution for the company’s requirements?
A. MySQL Installed on two Amazon EC2 Instances in a single Availability Zone
Amazon ElastiCache is a web service that makes it easy to deploy, operate, and scale an in-memory data store or cache in the cloud. The service improves the performance of web applications by allowing you to retrieve information from fast, managed, in-memory data stores, instead of relying entirely on slower disk-based databases.
Q23:You have a distributed application that periodically processes large volumes of data across multiple Amazon EC2 Instances. The application is designed to recover gracefully from Amazon EC2 instance failures. You are required to accomplish this task in the most cost-effective way. Which of the following will meetyour requirements?
When you think of cost effectiveness, you can either have to choose Spot or Reserved instances. Now when you have a regular processing job, the best is to use spot instances and since your application is designed recover gracefully from Amazon EC2 instance failures, then even if you lose the Spot instance , there is no issue because your application can recover.
A network access control list (ACL) is an optional layer of security for your VPC that acts as a firewall for controlling traffic in and out of one or more subnets. You might set up network ACLs with rules similar to your security groups in order to add an additional layer of security to your VPC.
Q25:A company is deploying a two-tier, highly available web application to AWS. Which service provides durable storage for static content while utilizing Overall CPU resources for the web tier?
A. Amazon EBC volume.
B. Amazon S3
C. Amazon EC2 instance store
D. Amazon RDS instance
Answer:
B. Amazon S3 is the default storage service that should be considered for companies. It provides durable storage for all static content.
Q26:When working on the costing for on-demand EC2 instances , which are the following are attributes which determine the costing of the EC2 Instance. Choose 3 answers from the options given below
Q27:You have a mission-critical application which must be globally available at all times. If this is the case, which of the below deployment mechanisms would you employ
Always build components which are loosely coupled. This is so that even if one component does fail, the entire system does not fail. Also if you build with the assumption that everything will fail, then you will ensure that the right measures are taken to build a highly available and fault tolerant system.
Q29: You have 2 accounts in your AWS account. One for the Dev and the other for QA. All are part ofconsolidated billing. The master account has purchase 3 reserved instances. The Dev department is currently using 2 reserved instances. The QA team is planning on using 3 instances which of the same instance type. What is the pricing tier of the instances that can be used by the QA Team?
Since all are a part of consolidating billing, the pricing of reserved instances can be shared by All. And since 2 are already used by the Dev team , another one can be used by the QA team. The rest of the instances can be on-demand instances.
Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) offers a reliable, highly-scalable hosted queue for storing messages as they travel between applications or microservices. It moves data between distributed application components and helps you decouple these components.
Q32:You are exploring what services AWS has off-hand. You have a large number of data sets that need to be processed. Which of the following services can help fulfil this requirement.
A. EMR
B. S3
C. Glacier
D. Storage Gateway
Answer:
A. Amazon EMR helps you analyze and process vast amounts of data by distributing the computational work across a cluster of virtual servers running in the AWS Cloud. The cluster is managed using an open-source framework called Hadoop. Amazon EMR lets you focus on crunching or analyzing your data without having to worry about time-consuming setup, management, and tuning of Hadoop clusters or the compute capacity they rely on.
Amazon Inspector enables you to analyze the behaviour of your AWS resources and helps you to identify potential security issues. Using Amazon Inspector, you can define a collection of AWS resources that you want to include in an assessment target. You can then create an assessment template and launch a security assessment run of this target.
Q34:Your company is planning to offload some of the batch processing workloads on to AWS. These jobs can be interrupted and resumed at any time. Which of the following instance types would be the most cost effective to use for this purpose.
A. On-Demand
B. Spot
C. Full Upfront Reserved
D. Partial Upfront Reserved
Answer:
B. Spot Instances are a cost-effective choice if you can be flexible about when your applications run and if your applications can be interrupted. For example, Spot Instances are well-suited for data analysis, batch jobs, background processing, and optional tasks
Note that the AWS Console cannot be used to upload data onto Glacier. The console can only be used to create a Glacier vault which can be used to upload the data.
Snowball is a petabyte-scale data transport solution that uses secure appliances to transfer large amounts of data& into and out of the AWS cloud. Using Snowball addresses common challenges with large-scale data transfers including high network costs, long transfer times, and security concerns. Transferring data with Snowball is simple, fast, secure, and can be as little as one-fifth the cost of high-speed Internet.
Amazon Inspector enables you to analyze the behavior of your AWS resources and helps you to identify potential security issues. Using Amazon Inspector, you can define a collection of AWS resources that you want to include in an assessment target. You can then create an assessment template and launch a security assessment run of this target.
AWS Database Migration Service helps you migrate databases to AWS quickly and securely. The source database remains fully operational during the migration, minimizing downtime to applications that rely on the database. The AWS Database Migration Service can migrate your data to and from most widely used commercial and open source databases.
You can reduce the load on your source DB Instance by routing read queries from your applications to the read replica. Read replicas allow you to elastically scale out beyond the capacity constraints of a single DB instance for read-heavy database workloads.
When you create an EBS volume in an Availability Zone, it is automatically replicated within that zone to prevent data loss due to failure of any single hardware component
Q42:Your company is planning to host a large e-commerce application on the AWS Cloud. One of their major concerns is Internet attacks such as DDos attacks.
Which of the following services can help mitigate this concern. Choose 2 answers from the options given below
One of the first techniques to mitigate DDoS attacks is to minimize the surface area that can be attacked thereby limiting the options for attackers and allowing you to build protections in a single place. We want to ensure that we do not expose our application or resources to ports, protocols or applications from where they do not expect any communication. Thus, minimizing the possible points of attack and letting us concentrate our mitigation efforts. In some cases, you can do this by placing your computation resources behind Content Distribution Networks (CDNs), Load Balancers and restricting direct Internet traffic to certain parts of your infrastructure like your database servers. In other cases, you can use firewalls or Access Control Lists (ACLs) to control what traffic reaches your applications.
You can use the consolidated billing feature in AWS Organizations to consolidate payment for multiple AWS accounts or multiple AISPL accounts. With consolidated billing, you can see a combined view of AWS charges incurred by all of your accounts. You also can get a cost report for each member account that is associated with your master account. Consolidated billing is offered at no additional charge.
One of the first techniques to mitigate DDoS attacks is to minimize the surface area that can be attacked thereby limiting the options for attackers and allowing you to build protections in a single place. We want to ensure that we do not expose our application or resources to ports, protocols or applications from where they do not expect any communication. Thus, minimizing the possible points of attack and letting us concentrate our mitigation efforts. In some cases, you can do this by placing your computation resources behind; Content Distribution Networks (CDNs), Load Balancers and restricting direct Internet traffic to certain parts of your infrastructure like your database servers. In other cases, you can use firewalls or Access Control Lists (ACLs) to control what traffic reaches your applications.
If you want a self-managed database, that means you want complete control over the database engine and the underlying infrastructure. In such a case you need to host the database on an EC2 Instance
If the database is going to be used for a minimum of one year at least , then it is better to get Reserved Instances. You can save on costs , and if you use a partial upfront options , you can get a better discount
The AWS Console cannot be used to upload data onto Glacier. The console can only be used to create a Glacier vault which can be used to upload the data.
Security groups acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. Network access control list (ACL) is an optional layer of security for your VPC that acts as a firewall for controlling traffic in and out of one or more subnets.
Q52:You plan to deploy an application on AWS. This application needs to be PCI Compliant. Which of the below steps are needed to ensure the compliance? Choose 2 answers from the below list:
A. Choose AWS services which are PCI Compliant
B. Ensure the right steps are taken during application development for PCI Compliance
C. Encure the AWS Services are made PCI Compliant
D. Do an audit after the deployment of the application for PCI Compliance.
Q57:Which of the following is a factor when calculating Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) for the AWS Cloud?
A. The number of servers migrated to AWS
B. The number of users migrated to AWS
C. The number of passwords migrated to AWS
D. The number of keys migrated to AWS
Answer:
A. Running servers will incur costs. The number of running servers is one factor of Server Costs; a key component of AWS’s Total Cost of Ownership (TCO). Reference: AWS cost calculator
Q58:Which AWS Services can be used to store files? Choose 2 answers from the options given below:
A. Amazon CloudWatch
B. Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)
C. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)
D. AWS COnfig
D. AWS Amazon Athena
B. and C. Amazon S3 is a Object storage built to store and retrieve any amount of data from anywhere. Amazon Elastic Block Store is a Persistent block storage for Amazon EC2.
C: AWS is defined as a cloud services provider. They provide hundreds of services of which compute and storage are included (not not limited to). Reference: AWS
Q60: Which AWS service can be used as a global content delivery network (CDN) service?
A. Amazon SES
B. Amazon CouldTrail
C. Amazon CloudFront
D. Amazon S3
Answer:
C: Amazon CloudFront is a web service that gives businesses and web application developers an easy and cost effective way to distribute content with low latency and high data transfer speeds. Like other AWS services, Amazon CloudFront is a self-service, pay-per-use offering, requiring no long term commitments or minimum fees. With CloudFront, your files are delivered to end-users using a global network of edge locations.Reference: AWS cloudfront
Q61:What best describes the concept of fault tolerance?
Choose the correct answer:
A. The ability for a system to withstand a certain amount of failure and still remain functional.
B. The ability for a system to grow in size, capacity, and/or scope.
C. The ability for a system to be accessible when you attempt to access it.
D. The ability for a system to grow and shrink based on demand.
Answer:
A: Fault tolerance describes the concept of a system (in our case a web application) to have failure in some of its components and still remain accessible (highly available). Fault tolerant web applications will have at least two web servers (in case one fails).
Q62: The firm you work for is considering migrating to AWS. They are concerned about cost and the initial investment needed. Which of the following features of AWS pricing helps lower the initial investment amount needed?
Choose 2 answers from the options given below:
A. The ability to choose the lowest cost vendor.
B. The ability to pay as you go
C. No upfront costs
D. Discounts for upfront payments
Answer:
B and C: The best features of moving to the AWS Cloud is: No upfront cost and The ability to pay as you go where the customer only pays for the resources needed. Reference: AWS pricing
Q64: Your company has started using AWS. Your IT Security team is concerned with the security of hosting resources in the Cloud. Which AWS service provides security optimization recommendations that could help the IT Security team secure resources using AWS?
An online resource to help you reduce cost, increase performance, and improve security by optimizing your AWS environment, Trusted Advisor provides real time guidance to help you provision your resources following AWS best practices. Reference: AWS trusted advisor
Q65:What is the relationship between AWS global infrastructure and the concept of high availability?
Choose the correct answer:
A. AWS is centrally located in one location and is subject to widespread outages if something happens at that one location.
B. AWS regions and Availability Zones allow for redundant architecture to be placed in isolated parts of the world.
C. Each AWS region handles a different AWS services, and you must use all regions to fully use AWS.
As an AWS user, you can create your applications infrastructure and duplicate it. By placing duplicate infrastructure in multiple regions, high availability is created because if one region fails you have a backup (in a another region) to use.
Q66: You are hosting a number of EC2 Instances on AWS. You are looking to monitor CPU Utilization on the Instance. Which service would you use to collect and track performance metrics for AWS services?
Answer: iOS – Android C: Amazon CloudWatch is a monitoring service for AWS cloud resources and the applications you run on AWS. You can use Amazon CloudWatch to collect and track metrics, collect and monitor log files, set alarms, and automatically react to changes in your AWS resources. Reference: AWS cloudwatch
Q67: Which of the following support plans give access to all the checks in the Trusted Advisor service.
Q68: Which of the following in AWS maps to a separate geographic location?
A. AWS Region B. AWS Data Centers C. AWS Availability Zone
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android A: Amazon cloud computing resources are hosted in multiple locations world-wide. These locations are composed of AWS Regions and Availability Zones. Each AWS Region is a separate geographic area. Reference: AWS Regions And Availability Zone
Q69:What best describes the concept of scalability?
Choose the correct answer:
A. The ability for a system to grow and shrink based on demand.
B. The ability for a system to grow in size, capacity, and/or scope.
C. The ability for a system be be accessible when you attempt to access it.
D. The ability for a system to withstand a certain amount of failure and still remain functional.
Answer
Answer: iOS – Android B: Scalability refers to the concept of a system being able to easily (and cost-effectively) scale UP. For web applications, this means the ability to easily add server capacity when demand requires.
Q70: If you wanted to monitor all events in your AWS account, which of the below services would you use?
A. AWS CloudWatch
B. AWS CloudWatch logs
C. AWS Config
D. AWS CloudTrail
Answer:
D: AWS CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, and risk auditing of your AWS account. With CloudTrail, you can log, continuously monitor, and retain account activity related to actions across your AWS infrastructure. CloudTrail provides event history of your AWS account activity, including actions taken through the AWS Management Console, AWS SDKs, command line tools, and other AWS services. This event history simplifies security analysis, resource change tracking, and troubleshooting. Reference: Cloudtrail
Q71:What are the four primary benefits of using the cloud/AWS?
Choose the correct answer:
A. Fault tolerance, scalability, elasticity, and high availability.
B. Elasticity, scalability, easy access, limited storage.
C. Fault tolerance, scalability, sometimes available, unlimited storage
D. Unlimited storage, limited compute capacity, fault tolerance, and high availability.
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android Fault tolerance, scalability, elasticity, and high availability are the four primary benefits of AWS/the cloud.
Q72:What best describes a simplified definition of the “cloud”?
Choose the correct answer:
A. All the computers in your local home network.
B. Your internet service provider
C. A computer located somewhere else that you are utilizing in some capacity.
D. An on-premise data center that your company owns.
Answer
Answer: iOS – Android (D) The simplest definition of the cloud is a computer that is located somewhere else that you are utilizing in some capacity. AWS is a cloud services provider, as the provide access to computers they own (located at AWS data centers), that you use for various purposes.
Q73: Your development team is planning to host a development environment on the cloud. This consists of EC2 and RDS instances. This environment will probably only be required for 2 months.
Which types of instances would you use for this purpose?
A. On-Demand
B. Spot
C. Reserved
D. Dedicated
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (A) The best and cost effective option would be to use On-Demand Instances. The AWS documentation gives the following additional information on On-Demand EC2 Instances. With On-Demand instances you only pay for EC2 instances you use. The use of On-Demand instances frees you from the costs and complexities of planning, purchasing, and maintaining hardware and transforms what are commonly large fixed costs into much smaller variable costs. Reference: AWS ec2 pricing on-demand
Q74: Which of the following can be used to secure EC2 Instances?
Answer: iOS – Android security groups acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. When you launch an instance in a VPC, you can assign up to five security groups to the instance. Security groups act at the instance level, not the subnet level. Therefore, each instance in a subnet in your VPC could be assigned to a different set of security groups. If you don’t specify a particular group at launch time, the instance is automatically assigned to the default security group for the VPC. Reference: VPC Security Groups
Q75: What is the purpose of a DNS server?
Choose the correct answer:
A. To act as an internet search engine.
B. To protect you from hacking attacks.
C. To convert common language domain names to IP addresses.
Domain name system servers act as a “third party” that provides the service of converting common language domain names to IP addresses (which are required for a web browser to properly make a request for web content).
High availability refers to the concept that something will be accessible when you try to access it. An object or web application is “highly available” when it is accessible a vast majority of the time.
RDS is a SQL database service (that offers several database engine options), and DynamoDB is a NoSQL database option that only offers one NoSQL engine.
Reference:
Q78: What are two open source in-memory engines supported by ElastiCache?
Q85:If you want to have SMS or email notifications sent to various members of your department with status updates on resources in your AWS account, what service should you choose?
Choose the correct answer:
A. SNS
B. GetSMS
C. RDS
D. STS
Answer:
Answer: iOS – Android (A) Simple Notification Service (SNS) is what publishes messages to SMS and/or email endpoints.
Amazon WorkSpaces is a managed, secure Desktop-as-a-Service (DaaS) solution. You can use Amazon WorkSpaces to provision either Windows or Linux desktops in just a few minutes and quickly scale to provide thousands of desktops to workers across the globe
Q87: Your company has recently migrated large amounts of data to the AWS cloud in S3 buckets. But it is necessary to discover and protect the sensitive data in these buckets. Which AWS service can do that?
Notes:Amazon Macie is a fully managed data security and data privacy service that uses machine learning and pattern matching to discover and protect your sensitive data in AWS.
Q88: Your Finance Department has instructed you to save costs wherever possible when using the AWS Cloud. You notice that using reserved EC2 instances on a 1year contract will save money. What payment method will save the most money?
A: Deferred
B: Partial Upfront
C: All Upfront
D: No Upfront
Answer: C
Notes: With the All Upfront option, you pay for the entire Reserved Instance term with one upfront payment. This option provides you with the largest discount compared to On Demand Instance pricing.
Q89: A fantasy sports company needs to run an application for the length of a football season (5 months). They will run the application on an EC2 instance and there can be no interruption. Which purchasing option best suits this use case?
Notes: This is not a long enough term to make reserved instances the better option. Plus, the application can’t be interrupted, which rules out spot instances. Dedicated instances provide the option to bring along existing software licenses.
The scenario does not indicate a need to do this.
Q90:Your company is considering migrating its data center to the cloud. What are the advantages of the AWS cloud over an on-premises data center?
A. Replace upfront operational expenses with low variable operational expenses.
B. Maintain physical access to the new data center, but share responsibility with AWS.
C. Replace low variable costs with upfront capital expenses.
D. Replace upfront capital expenses with low variable costs.
Q91:You are leading a pilot program to try the AWS Cloud for one of your applications. You have been instructed to provide an estimate of your AWS bill. Which service will allow you to do this by manually entering your planned resources by service?
Notes: With the AWS Pricing Calculator, you can input the services you will use, and the configuration of those services, and get an estimate of the costs these services will accrue. AWS Pricing Calculator lets you explore AWS services, and create an estimate for the cost of your use cases on AWS.
Q92:Which AWS service would enable you to view the spending distribution in one of your AWS accounts?
Notes: AWS Cost Explorer is a free tool that you can use to view your costs and usage. You can view data up to the last 13 months, forecast how much you are likely to spend for the next three months, and get recommendations for what Reserved Instances to purchase. You can use AWS Cost Explorer to see patterns in how much you spend on AWS resources over time, identify areas that need further inquiry, and see trends that you can use to understand your costs. You can also specify time ranges for the data, and view time data by day or by month.
Q93:You are managing the company’s AWS account. The current support plan is Basic, but you would like to begin using Infrastructure Event Management. What support plan (that already includes Infrastructure Event Management without an additional fee) should you upgrade to?
A. Upgrade to Enterprise plan.
B. Do nothing. It is included in the Basic plan.
C. Upgrade to Developer plan.
D. Upgrade to the Business plan. No other steps are necessary.
Notes:AWS Infrastructure Event Management is a structured program available to Enterprise support customers (and Business Support customers for an additional fee) that helps you plan for large-scale events, such as product or application launches, infrastructure migrations, and marketing events.
With Infrastructure Event Management, you get strategic planning assistance before your event, as well as real-time support during these moments that matter most for your business.
Q94:You have decided to use the AWS Cost and Usage Report to track your EC2 Reserved Instance costs. To where can these reports be published?
A. Trusted Advisor
B. An S3 Bucket that you own.
C. CloudWatch
D. An AWS owned S3 Bucket.
Answer: B
Notes: The AWS Cost and Usage Reports (AWS CUR) contains the most comprehensive set of cost and usage data available. You can use Cost and Usage Reports to publish your AWS billing reports to an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket that you own. You can receive reports that break down your costs by the hour or day, by product or product resource, or by tags that you define yourself. AWS updates the report in your bucket once a day in comma-separated value (CSV) format. You can view the reports using spreadsheet software such as Microsoft Excel or Apache OpenOffice Calc, or access them from an application using the Amazon S3 API.
Q95:What can we do in AWS to receive the benefits of volume pricing for your multiple AWS accounts?
A. Use consolidated billing in AWS Organizations.
B. Purchase services in bulk from AWS Marketplace.
Notes: You can use the consolidated billing feature in AWS Organizations to consolidate billing and payment for multiple AWS accounts or multiple Amazon Internet Services Pvt. Ltd (AISPL) accounts. You can combine the usage across all accounts in the organization to share the volume pricing discounts, Reserved Instance discounts, and Savings Plans. This can result in a lower charge for your project, department, or company than with individual standalone accounts.
Q96:A gaming company is using the AWS Developer Tool Suite to develop, build, and deploy their applications. Which AWS service can be used to trace user requests from end-to-end through the application?
Notes:AWS X-Ray helps developers analyze and debug production, distributed applications, such as those built using a microservices architecture. With X-Ray, you can understand how your application and its underlying services are performing to identify and troubleshoot the root cause of performance issues and errors. X-Ray provides an end-to-end view of requests as they travel through your application, and shows a map of your application’s underlying components.
Q97:A company needs to use a Load Balancer which can serve traffic at the TCP, and UDP layers. Additionally, it needs to handle millions of requests per second at very low latencies. Which Load Balancer should they use?
Notes:Network Load Balancer is best suited for load balancing of Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) traffic where extreme performance is required. Operating at the connection level (Layer 4), Network Load Balancer routes traffic to targets within Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) and is capable of handling millions of requests per second while maintaining ultra-low latencies.
Q98:Your company is migrating its services to the AWS cloud. The DevOps team has heard about infrastructure as code, and wants to investigate this concept. Which AWS service would they investigate?
Notes:AWS CloudFormation is a service that helps you model and set up your Amazon Web Services resources so that you can spend less time managing those resources and more time focusing on your applications that run in AWS.
Q99:You have a MySQL database that you want to migrate to the cloud, and you need it to be significantly faster there. You are looking for a speed increase up to 5 times the current performance. Which AWS offering could you use?
Notes:Amazon Aurora is a MySQL and PostgreSQL-compatible relational database built for the cloud, that combines the performance and availability of traditional enterprise databases with the simplicity and cost-effectiveness of open source databases. Amazon Aurora is up to five times faster than standard MySQL databases and three times faster than standard PostgreSQL databases.
Q100:A developer is trying to programmatically retrieve information from an EC2 instance such as public keys, ip address, and instance id. From where can this information be retrieved?
Notes: This type of data is stored in Instance metadata. Instance userdata does not retrieve the information mentioned, but can be used to help configure a new instance.
Q101: Why is AWS more economical than traditional data centers for applications with varying compute workloads?
A) Amazon EC2 costs are billed on a monthly basis. B) Users retain full administrative access to their Amazon EC2 instances. C) Amazon EC2 instances can be launched on demand when needed. D) Users can permanently run enough instances to handle peak workloads.
Answer: C Notes: The ability to launch instances on demand when needed allows users to launch and terminate instances in response to a varying workload. This is a more economical practice than purchasing enough on-premises servers to handle the peak load. Reference: Advantage of cloud computing
Q102: Which AWS service would simplify the migration of a database to AWS?
A) AWS Storage Gateway B) AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) C) Amazon EC2 D) Amazon AppStream 2.0
Answer: B Notes: AWS DMS helps users migrate databases to AWS quickly and securely. The source database remains fully operational during the migration, minimizing downtime to applications that rely on the database. AWS DMS can migrate data to and from most widely used commercial and open-source databases. Reference: AWS DMS
Q103: Which AWS offering enables users to find, buy, and immediately start using software solutions in their AWS environment?
A) AWS Config B) AWS OpsWorks C) AWS SDK D) AWS Marketplace
Answer: D Notes: AWS Marketplace is a digital catalog with thousands of software listings from independent software vendors that makes it easy to find, test, buy, and deploy software that runs on AWS. Reference: AWS Markerplace
Q104: Which AWS networking service enables a company to create a virtual network within AWS?
A) AWS Config B) Amazon Route 53 C) AWS Direct Connect D) Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC)
Answer: D Notes: Amazon VPC lets users provision a logically isolated section of the AWS Cloud where users can launch AWS resources in a virtual network that they define. Reference: VPC https://aws.amazon.com/vpc/
Q105: Which component of the AWS global infrastructure does Amazon CloudFront use to ensure low-latency delivery?
A) AWS Regions B) Edge locations C) Availability Zones D) Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)
Answer: B Notes: – To deliver content to users with lower latency, Amazon CloudFront uses a global network of points of presence (edge locations and regional edge caches) worldwide. Reference: Cloudfront – https://aws.amazon.com/cloudfront/
Q106: How would a system administrator add an additional layer of login security to a user’s AWS Management Console?
A) Use Amazon Cloud Directory B) Audit AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles C) Enable multi-factor authentication D) Enable AWS CloudTrail
Answer: C Notes: – Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is a simple best practice that adds an extra layer of protection on top of a username and password. With MFA enabled, when a user signs in to an AWS Management Console, they will be prompted for their username and password (the first factor—what they know), as well as for an authentication code from their MFA device (the second factor—what they have). Taken together, these multiple factors provide increased security for AWS account settings and resources. Reference: MFA – https://aws.amazon.com/iam/features/mfa/
Q107: Which service can identify the user that made the API call when an Amazon EC2 instance is terminated?
A) AWS Trusted Advisor B) AWS CloudTrail C) AWS X-Ray D) AWS Identity and Access Management (AWS IAM)
Answer: B Notes: – AWS CloudTrail helps users enable governance, compliance, and operational and risk auditing of their AWS accounts. Actions taken by a user, role, or an AWS service are recorded as events in CloudTrail. Events include actions taken in the AWS Management Console, AWS Command Line Interface (CLI), and AWS SDKs and APIs. Reference: AWS CloudTrail https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/cloudtrail-user-guide.html
Q108: Which service would be used to send alerts based on Amazon CloudWatch alarms?
A) Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) B) AWS CloudTrail C) AWS Trusted Advisor D) Amazon Route 53
Answer: A Notes: Amazon SNS and Amazon CloudWatch are integrated so users can collect, view, and analyze metrics for every active SNS. Once users have configured CloudWatch for Amazon SNS, they can gain better insight into the performance of their Amazon SNS topics, push notifications, and SMS deliveries. Reference: CloudWatch for Amazon SNS https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-monitoring-using-cloudwatch.html
Q109: Where can a user find information about prohibited actions on the AWS infrastructure?
A) AWS Trusted Advisor B) AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) C) AWS Billing Console D) AWS Acceptable Use Policy
Answer: D Notes: – The AWS Acceptable Use Policy provides information regarding prohibited actions on the AWS infrastructure. Reference: AWS Acceptable Use Policy – https://aws.amazon.com/aup/
Q110: Which of the following is an AWS responsibility under the AWS shared responsibility model?
A) Configuring third-party applications B) Maintaining physical hardware C) Securing application access and data D) Managing guest operating systems
Answer: B Notes: – Maintaining physical hardware is an AWS responsibility under the AWS shared responsibility model. Reference: AWS shared responsibility model https://aws.amazon.com/compliance/shared-responsibility-model/
Q111: Which recommendations are included in the AWS Trusted Advisor checks? (Select TWO.)
A) Amazon S3 bucket permissions
B) AWS service outages for services
C) Multi-factor authentication (MFA) use on the AWS account root user
D) Available software patches for Amazon EC2 instances
Answer: A and C
Notes: Trusted Advisor checks for S3 bucket permissions in Amazon S3 with open access permissions. Bucket permissions that grant list access to everyone can result in higher than expected charges if objects in the bucket are listed by unintended users at a high frequency. Bucket permissions that grant upload and delete access to all users create potential security vulnerabilities by allowing anyone to add, modify, or remove items in a bucket. This Trusted Advisor check examines explicit bucket permissions and associated bucket policies that might override the bucket permissions.
Trusted Advisor does not provide notifications for service outages. You can use the AWS Personal Health Dashboard to learn about AWS Health events that can affect your AWS services or account.
Trusted Advisor checks the root account and warns if MFA is not enabled.
Trusted Advisor does not provide information about the number of users in an AWS account.
What is the difference between Amazon EC2 Savings Plans and Spot Instances?
Amazon EC2 Savings Plans are ideal for workloads that involve a consistent amount of compute usage over a 1-year or 3-year term. With Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 72% over On-Demand costs.
Spot Instances are ideal for workloads with flexible start and end times, or that can withstand interruptions. With Spot Instances, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 90% over On-Demand costs. Unlike Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, Spot Instances do not require contracts or a commitment to a consistent amount of compute usage.
Amazon EBS vs Amazon EFS
An Amazon EBS volume stores data in a single Availability Zone. To attach an Amazon EC2 instance to an EBS volume, both the Amazon EC2 instance and the EBS volume must reside within the same Availability Zone.
Amazon EFS is a regional service. It stores data in and across multiple Availability Zones. The duplicate storage enables you to access data concurrently from all the Availability Zones in the Region where a file system is located. Additionally, on-premises servers can access Amazon EFS using AWS Direct Connect.
Which cloud deployment model allows you to connect public cloud resources to on-premises infrastructure?
Applications made available through hybrid deployments connect cloud resources to on-premises infrastructure and applications. For example, you might have an application that runs in the cloud but accesses data stored in your on-premises data center.
What is the difference between Amazon EC2 Savings Plans and Spot Instances?
Amazon EC2 Savings Plans are ideal for workloads that involve a consistent amount of compute usage over a 1-year or 3-year term. With Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 72% over On-Demand costs.
Spot Instances are ideal for workloads with flexible start and end times, or that can withstand interruptions. With Spot Instances, you can reduce your compute costs by up to 90% over On-Demand costs. Unlike Amazon EC2 Savings Plans, Spot Instances do not require contracts or a commitment to a consistent amount of compute usage.
Which benefit of cloud computing helps you innovate and build faster?
Agility: The cloud gives you quick access to resources and services that help you build and deploy your applications faster.
Which developer tool allows you to write code within your web browser?
Cloud9 is an integrated development environment (IDE) that allows you to write code within your web browser.
Which method of accessing an EC2 instance requires both a private key and a public key?
SSH allows you to access an EC2 instance from your local laptop using a key pair, which consists of a private key and a public key.
Which service allows you to track the name of the user making changes in your AWS account?
CloudTrail tracks user activity and API calls in your account, which includes identity information (the user’s name, source IP address, etc.) about the API caller.
Which analytics service allows you to query data in Amazon S3 using Structured Query Language (SQL)?
Athena is a query service that makes it easy to analyze data in Amazon S3 using SQL.
Which machine learning service helps you build, train, and deploy models quickly?
SageMaker helps you build, train, and deploy machine learning models quickly.
Which EC2 storage mechanism is recommended when running a database on an EC2 instance?
EBS is a storage device you can attach to your instances and is a recommended storage option when you run databases on an instance.
Which storage service is a scalable file system that only works with Linux-based workloads?
EFS is an elastic file system for Linux-based workloads.
Djamgatech: AI Driven Certification Preparation: Azure AI, AWS Machine Learning Specialty, AWS Data Analytics, GCP ML, GCP PDE,
Which AWS service provides a secure and resizable compute platform with choice of processor, storage, networking, operating system, and purchase model?
Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) is a web service that provides secure, resizable compute capacity in the cloud. Amazon EC2 offers the broadest and deepest compute platform with choice of processor, storage, networking, operating system, and purchase model. Amazon EC2.
Which services allow you to build hybrid environments by connecting on-premises infrastructure to AWS?
Site-to-site VPN allows you to establish a secure connection between your on-premises equipment and the VPCs in your AWS account.
Direct Connect allows you to establish a dedicated network connection between your on-premises network and AWS.
What service could you recommend to a developer to automate the software release process?
CodePipeline is a developer tool that allows you to continuously automate the software release process.
Which service allows you to practice infrastructure as code by provisioning your AWS resources via scripted templates?
CloudFormation allows you to provision your AWS resources via scripted templates.
Which machine learning service allows you to add image analysis to your applications?
Rekognition is a service that makes it easy to add image analysis to your applications.
Which services allow you to run containerized applications without having to manage servers or clusters?
Fargate removes the need for you to interact with servers or clusters as it provisions, configures, and scales clusters of virtual machines to run containers for you.
ECS lets you run your containerized Docker applications on both Amazon EC2 and AWS Fargate.
EKS lets you run your containerized Kubernetes applications on both Amazon EC2 and AWS Fargate.
Amazon S3 offers multiple storage classes. Which storage class is best for archiving data when you want the cheapest cost and don’t mind long retrieval times?
S3 Glacier Deep Archive offers the lowest cost and is used to archive data. You can retrieve objects within 12 hours.
In the shared responsibility model, what is the customer responsible for?
You are responsible for patching the guest OS, including updates and security patches.
You are responsible for firewall configuration and securing your application.
A company needs phone, email, and chat access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The response time must be less than 1 hour if a production system has a service interruption. Which AWS Support plan meets these requirements at the LOWEST cost?
The Business Support plan provides phone, email, and chat access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The Business Support plan has a response time of less than 1 hour if a production system has a service interruption.
Which of the following is an advantage of consolidated billing on AWS?
Consolidated billing is a feature of AWS Organizations. You can combine the usage across all accounts in your organization to share volume pricing discounts, Reserved Instance discounts, and Savings Plans. This solution can result in a lower charge compared to the use of individual standalone accounts.
A company requires physical isolation of its Amazon EC2 instances from the instances of other customers. Which instance purchasing option meets this requirement?
With Dedicated Hosts, a physical server is dedicated for your use. Dedicated Hosts provide visibility and the option to control how you place your instances on an isolated, physical server. For more information about Dedicated Hosts, see Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts.
A company is hosting a static website from a single Amazon S3 bucket. Which AWS service will achieve lower latency and high transfer speeds?
CloudFront is a web service that speeds up the distribution of your static and dynamic web content, such as .html, .css, .js, and image files, to your users. Content is cached in edge locations. Content that is repeatedly accessed can be served from the edge locations instead of the source S3 bucket. For more information about CloudFront, see Accelerate static website content delivery.
Which AWS service provides a simple and scalable shared file storage solution for use with Linux-based Amazon EC2 instances and on-premises servers?
Amazon EFS provides an elastic file system that lets you share file data without the need to provision and manage storage. It can be used with AWS Cloud services and on-premises resources, and is built to scale on demand to petabytes without disrupting applications. With Amazon EFS, you can grow and shrink your file systems automatically as you add and remove files, eliminating the need to provision and manage capacity to accommodate growth.
Which service allows you to generate encryption keys managed by AWS?
KMS allows you to generate and manage encryption keys. The keys generated by KMS are managed by AWS.
Which service can integrate with a Lambda function to automatically take remediation steps when it uncovers suspicious network activity when monitoring logs in your AWS account?
GuardDuty can perform automated remediation actions by leveraging Amazon CloudWatch Events and AWS Lambda. GuardDuty continuously monitors for threats and unauthorized behavior to protect your AWS accounts, workloads, and data stored in Amazon S3. GuardDuty analyzes multiple AWS data sources, such as AWS CloudTrail event logs, Amazon VPC Flow Logs, and DNS logs.
Which service allows you to create access keys for someone needing to access AWS via the command line interface (CLI)?
IAM allows you to create users and generate access keys for users needing to access AWS via the CLI.
Which service allows you to record software configuration changes within your Amazon EC2 instances over time?
Config helps with recording compliance and configuration changes over time for your AWS resources.
Which service assists with compliance and auditing by offering a downloadable report that provides the status of passwords and MFA devices in your account?
IAM provides a downloadable credential report that lists all users in your account and the status of their various credentials, including passwords, access keys, and MFA devices.
Which service allows you to locate credit card numbers stored in Amazon S3?
Macie is a data privacy service that helps you uncover and protect your sensitive data, such as personally identifiable information (PII) like credit card numbers, passport numbers, social security numbers, and more.
How do you manage permissions for multiple users at once using AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)?
An IAM group is a collection of IAM users. When you assign an IAM policy to a group, all users in the group are granted permissions specified by the policy.
Which service protects your web application from cross-site scripting attacks?
WAF helps protect your web applications from common web attacks, like SQL injection or cross-site scripting.
Which AWS Trusted Advisor real-time guidance recommendations are available for AWS Basic Support and AWS Developer Support customers?
Basic and Developer Support customers get 50 service limit checks.
Basic and Developer Support customers get security checks for “Specific Ports Unrestricted” on Security Groups.
Basic and Developer Support customers get security checks on S3 Bucket Permissions.
Which service allows you to simplify billing by using a single payment method for all your accounts?
Organizations offers consolidated billing that provides 1 bill for all your AWS accounts. This also gives you access to volume discounts.
Which AWS service usage will always be free even after the 12-month free tier plan has expired?
One million Lambda requests are always free each month.
What is the easiest way for a customer on the AWS Basic Support plan to increase service limits?
The Basic Support plan allows 24/7 access to Customer Service via email and the ability to open service limit increase support cases.
Which types of issues are covered by AWS Support?
“How to” questions about AWS service and features
Problems detected by health checks
Djamgatech: AI Driven Certification Preparation: Azure AI, AWS Machine Learning Specialty, AWS Data Analytics, GCP ML, GCP PDE,
Which features of AWS reduce your total cost of ownership (TCO)?
Sharing servers with others allows you to save money.
Elastic computing allows you to trade capital expense for variable expense.
You pay only for the computing resources you use with no long-term commitments.
Which service allows you to select and deploy operating system and software patches automatically across large groups of Amazon EC2 instances?
Systems Manager allows you to automate operational tasks across your AWS resources.
Which service provides the easiest way to set up and govern a secure, multi-account AWS environment?
Control Tower allows you to centrally govern and enforce the best use of AWS services across your accounts.
Which cost management tool gives you the ability to be alerted when the actual or forecasted cost and usage exceed your desired threshold?
Budgets allow you to improve planning and cost control with flexible budgeting and forecasting. You can choose to be alerted when your budget threshold is exceeded.
Which tool allows you to compare your estimated service costs per Region?
The Pricing Calculator allows you to get an estimate for the cost of AWS services. Comparing service costs per Region is a common use case.
Who can assist with accelerating the migration of legacy contact center infrastructure to AWS?
Professional Services is a global team of experts that can help you realize your desired business outcomes with AWS.
The AWS Partner Network (APN) is a global community of partners that helps companies build successful solutions with AWS.
Which cost management tool allows you to view costs from the past 12 months, current detailed costs, and forecasts costs for up to 3 months?
Cost Explorer allows you to visualize, understand, and manage your AWS costs and usage over time.
Which service reduces the operational overhead of your IT organization?
Managed Services implements best practices to maintain your infrastructure and helps reduce your operational overhead and risk.
I assume it is your subscription where the VPCs are located, otherwise you can’t really discover the information you are looking for. On the EC2 server you could use AWS CLI or Powershell based scripts that query the IP information. Based on IP you can find out what instance uses the network interface, what security groups are tied to it and in which VPC the instance is hosted. Read more here…
When using AWS Lambda inside your VPC, your Lambda function will be allocated private IP addresses, and only private IP addresses, from your specified subnets. This means that you must ensure that your specified subnets have enough free address space for your Lambda function to scale up to. Each simultaneous invocation needs its own IP. Read more here…
When a Lambda “is in a VPC”, it really means that its attached Elastic Network Interface is the customer’s VPC and not the hidden VPC that AWS manages for Lambda.
The ENI is not related to the AWS Lambda management system that does the invocation (the data plane mentioned here). The AWS Step Function system can go ahead and invoke the Lambda through the API, and the network request for that can pass through the underlying VPC and host infrastructure.
Those Lambdas in turn can invoke other Lambda directly through the API, or more commonly by decoupling them, such as through Amazon SQS used as a trigger. Read more ….
How do I invoke an AWS Lambda function programmatically?
Invokes a Lambda function. You can invoke a function synchronously (and wait for the response), or asynchronously. To invoke a function asynchronously, set InvocationType to Event.
For synchronous invocation, details about the function response, including errors, are included in the response body and headers. For either invocation type, you can find more information in the execution log and trace.
When an error occurs, your function may be invoked multiple times. Retry behavior varies by error type, client, event source, and invocation type. For example, if you invoke a function asynchronously and it returns an error, Lambda executes the function up to two more times. For more information, see Retry Behavior.
For asynchronous invocation, Lambda adds events to a queue before sending them to your function. If your function does not have enough capacity to keep up with the queue, events may be lost. Occasionally, your function may receive the same event multiple times, even if no error occurs. To retain events that were not processed, configure your function with a dead-letter queue.
The status code in the API response doesn’t reflect function errors. Error codes are reserved for errors that prevent your function from executing, such as permissions errors, limit errors, or issues with your function’s code and configuration. For example, Lambda returns TooManyRequestsException if executing the function would cause you to exceed a concurrency limit at either the account level ( Concurrent Invocation Limit Exceeded) or function level ( Reserved Function Concurrent Invocation LimitExceeded).
For functions with a long timeout, your client might be disconnected during synchronous invocation while it waits for a response. Configure your HTTP client, SDK, firewall, proxy, or operating system to allow for long connections with timeout or keep-alive settings.
The subnet mask determines how many bits of the network address are relevant (and thus indirectly the size of the network block in terms of how many host addresses are available) –
192.0.2.0, subnet mask 255.255.255.0 means that 192.0.2 is the significant portion of the network number, and that there 8 bits left for host addresses (i.e. 192.0.2.0 thru 192.0.2.255)
192.0.2.0, subnet mask 255.255.255.128 means that 192.0.2.0 is the significant portion of the network number (first three octets and the most significant bit of the last octet), and that there 7 bits left for host addresses (i.e. 192.0.2.0 thru 192.0.2.127)
When in doubt, envision the network number and subnet mask in base 2 (i.e. binary) and it will become much clearer. Read more here…
Separate out the roles needed to do each job. (Assuming this is a corporate environment)
Have a role for EC2, another for Networking, another for IAM.
Everyone should not be admin. Everyone should not be able to add/remove IGW’s, NAT gateways, alter security groups and NACLS, or setup peering connections.
Also, another thing… lock down full internet access. Limit to what is needed and that’s it. Read more here….
How can we setup AWS public-private subnet in VPC without NAT server?
Within a single VPC, the subnets’ route tables need to point to each other. This will already work without additional routes because VPC sets up the local target to point to the VPC subnet.
Security groups are not used here since they are attached to instances, and not networks.
The NAT EC2 instance (server), or AWS-provided NAT gateway is necessary only if the private subnet internal addresses need to make outbound connections. The NAT will translate the private subnet internal addresses to the public subnet internal addresses, and the AWS VPC Internet Gateway will translate these to external IP addresses, which can then go out to the Internet. Read more here ….
What are the applications (or workloads) that cannot be migrated on to cloud (AWS or Azure or GCP)?
A good example of workloads that currently are not in public clouds are mobile and fixed core telecom networks for tier 1 service providers. This is despite the fact that these core networks are increasingly software based and have largely been decoupled from the hardware. There are a number of reasons for this such as the public cloud providers such as Azure and AWS do not offer the guaranteed availability required by telecom networks. These networks require 99.999% availability and is typically referred to as telecom grade.
The regulatory environment frequently restricts hosting of subscriber data outside the of the operators data centers or in another country and key network functions such as lawful interception cannot contractually be hosted off-prem. Read more here….
How many CIDRs can we add to my own created VPC?
You can add up to 5 IPv4 CIDR blocks, or 1 IPv6 block per VPC. You can further segment the network by utilizing up to 200 subnets per VPC. Amazon VPC Limits. Read more …
Why can’t a subnet’s CIDR be changed once it has been assigned?
Sure it can, but you’ll need to coordinate with the neighbors. You can merge two /25’s into a single /24 quite effortlessly if you control the entire range it covers. In practice you’ll see many tiny allocations in public IPv4 space, like /29’s and even smaller. Those are all assigned to different people. If you want to do a big shuffle there, you have a lot of coordinating to do.. or accept the fallout from the breakage you cause. Read more…
Can one VPC talk to another VPC?
Yes, but a Virtual Private Cloud is usually built for the express purpose of being isolated from unwanted external traffic. I can think of several good reasons to encourage that sort of communication, so the idea is not without merit. Read more..
Good knowledge about the AWS services, and how to leverage them to solve simple to complex problems.
As your question is related to the deployment Pod, you will probably be asked about deployment methods (A/B testing like blue-green deployment) as well as pipelining strategies. You might be asked during this interview to reason about a simple task and to code it (like parsing a log file). Also review the TCP/IP stack in-depth as well as the tools to troubleshoot it for the networking round. You will eventually have some Linux questions, the range of questions can vary from common CLI tools to Linux internals like signals / syscalls / file descriptors and so on.
Last but not least the Leadership principles, I can only suggest you to prepare a story for each of them. You will quickly find what LP they are looking for and would be able to give the right signal to your interviewer.
Finally, remember that theres a debrief after the (usually 5) stages of your on site interview, and more senior and convincing interviewers tend to defend their vote so don’t screw up with them.
Be natural, focus on the question details and ask for confirmation, be cool but not too much. At the end of the day, remember that your job will be to understand customer issues and provide a solution, so treat your interviewers as if they were customers and they will see a successful CSE in you, be reassured and give you the job.
Expect questions on cloudformations, Teraform, Aws ec2/rds and stack related questions.
It also depends on the support team you are being hired for. Networking or compute teams (Ec2) have different interview patterns vs database or big data support.
In any case, basics of OS, networking are critical to the interview. If you have a phone screen, we will be looking for basic/semi advance skills of these and your speciality. For example if you mention Oracle in your resume and you are interviewing for the database team, expect a flurry of those questions.
Other important aspect is the Amazon leadership principles. Half of your interview is based on LPs. If you fail to have scenarios where you do not demonstrate our LPs, you cannot expect to work here even though your technical skills are above average (Having extraordinary skills is a different thing).
The overall interview itself will have 1 phone screen if you are interviewing in the US and 1–2 if outside US. The onsite loop will be 4 rounds , 2 of which are technical (again divided into OS and networking and the specific speciality of the team you are interviewing for ) and 2 of them are leadership principles where we test your soft skills and management skills as they are very important in this job. You need to have a strong view point, disagree if it seems valid to do so, empathy and be a team player while showing the ability to pull off things individually as well. These skills will be critical for cracking LP interviews.
You will NOT be asked to code or write queries as its not part of the job, so you can concentrate on the theoretical part of the subject and also your resume. We will grill you on topics mentioned on your resume to start with.
Monolithic architecture is something that build from single piece of material, historically from rock. Monolith term normally use for object made from single large piece of material.” – Non-Technical Definition. “Monolithic application has single code base with multiple modules.
Large Monolithic code-base (often spaghetti code) puts immense cognitive complexity on the developer’s head. As a result, the development velocity is poor. Granular scaling (i.e., scaling part of the application) is not possible. Polyglot programming or polyglot database is challenging.
Drawbacks of Monolithic Architecture
This simple approach has a limitation in size and complexity. Application is too large and complex to fully understand and made changes fast and correctly. The size of the application can slow down the start-up time. You must redeploy the entire application on each update.
Sticky sessions, also known as session affinity, allow you to route a site user to the particular web server that is managing that individual user’s session. The session’s validity can be determined by a number of methods, including a client-side cookies or via configurable duration parameters that can be set at the load balancer which routes requests to the web servers.
Some advantages with utilizing sticky sessions are that it’s cost effective due to the fact you are storing sessions on the same web servers running your applications and that retrieval of those sessions is generally fast because it eliminates network latency. A drawback for using storing sessions on an individual node is that in the event of a failure, you are likely to lose the sessions that were resident on the failed node. In addition, in the event the number of your web servers change, for example a scale-up scenario, it’s possible that the traffic may be unequally spread across the web servers as active sessions may exist on particular servers. If not mitigated properly, this can hinder the scalability of your applications. Read more here …
After you terminate an instance, it remains visible in the console for a short while, and then the entry is automatically deleted. You cannot delete the terminated instance entry yourself. After an instance is terminated, resources such as tags and volumes are gradually disassociated from the instance, therefore may no longer be visible on the terminated instance after a short while.
When an instance terminates, the data on any instance store volumes associated with that instance is deleted.
By default, Amazon EBS root device volumes are automatically deleted when the instance terminates. However, by default, any additional EBS volumes that you attach at launch, or any EBS volumes that you attach to an existing instance persist even after the instance terminates. This behavior is controlled by the volume’s DeleteOnTermination attribute, which you can modify
When you first launch an instance with gp2 volumes attached, you get an initial burst credit allowing for up to 30 minutes of 3,000 iops/sec.
After the first 30 minutes, your volume will accrue credits as follows (taken directly from AWS documentation):
Within the General Purpose (SSD) implementation is a Token Bucket model that works as follows
Each token represents an “I/O credit” that pays for one read or one write.
A bucket is associated with each General Purpose (SSD) volume, and can hold up to 5.4 million tokens.
Tokens accumulate at a rate of 3 per configured GB per second, up to the capacity of the bucket.
Tokens can be spent at up to 3000 per second per volume.
The baseline performance of the volume is equal to the rate at which tokens are accumulated — 3 IOPS per GB per second.
In addition to this, gp2 volumes provide baseline performance of 3 iops per Gb, up to 1Tb (3000 iops). Volumes larger than 1Tb no longer work on the credit system, as they already provide a baseline of 3000 iops. Gp2 volumes have a cap of 10,000 iops regardless of the volume size (so the iops max out for volumes larger than 3.3Tb)
Elastic IP addresses are free when you have them assigned to an instance, feel free to use one! Elastic IPs get disassociated when you stop an instance, so you will get charged in the mean time. The benefit is that you get to keep that IP allocated to your account though, instead of losing it like any other. Once you start the instance you just re-associate it back and you have your old IP again.
Here are the changes associated with the use of Elastic IP addresses
No cost for Elastic IP addresses while in use
* $0.01 per non-attached Elastic IP address per complete hour
* $0.00 per Elastic IP address remap – first 100 remaps / month
* $0.10 per Elastic IP address remap – additional remap / month over 100
If you require any additional information about pricing please reference the link below
The short answer to reducing your AWS EC2 costs – turn off your instances when you don’t need them.
Your AWS bill is just like any other utility bill, you get charged for however much you used that month. Don’t make the mistake of leaving your instances on 24/7 if you’re only using them during certain days and times (ex. Monday – Friday, 9 to 5).
To automatically start and stop your instances, AWS offers an “EC2 scheduler” solution. A better option would be a cloud cost management tool that not only stops and starts your instances automatically, but also tracks your usage and makes sizing recommendations to optimize your cloud costs and maximize your time and savings.
You could potentially save money using Reserved Instances. But, in non-production environments such as dev, test, QA, and training, Reserved Instances are not your best bet. Why is this the case? These environments are less predictable; you may not know how many instances you need and when you will need them, so it’s better to not waste spend on these usage charges. Instead, schedule such instances (preferably using ParkMyCloud). Scheduling instances to be only up 12 hours per day on weekdays will save you 65% – better than all but the most restrictive 3-year RIs!
Well AWS is a web service provider which offers a set of services related to compute, storage, database, network and more to help the business scale and grow
All your concerns are related to AWS EC2 instance, so let me start with an instance
Instance:
An EC2 instance is similar to a server where you can host your websites or applications to make it available Globally
It is highly scalable and works on the pay-as-you-go model
You can increase or decrease the capacity of these instances as per the requirement
AMI:
AMI provides the information required to launch the EC2 instance
AMI includes the pre-configured templates of the operating system that runs on the AWS
Users can launch multiple instances with the same configuration from a single AMI
Snapshot:
Snapshots are the incremental backups for the Amazon EBS
Data in the EBS are stored in S3 by taking point-to-time snapshots
Unique data are only deleted when a snapshot is deleted
They are definitely all chalk and cheese to one another.
A VPN (Virtual Private Network) is essentially an encrypted “channel” connecting two networks, or a machine to a network, generally over the public internet.
A VPS (Virtual Private Server) is a rented virtual machine running on someone else’s hardware. AWS EC2 can be thought of as a VPS, but the term is usually used to describe low-cost products offered by lots of other hosting companies.
A VPC (Virtual Private Cloud) is a virtual network in AWS (Amazon Web Services). It can be divided into private and public subnets, have custom routing rules, have internal connections to other VPCs, etc. EC2 instances and other resources are placed in VPCs similarly to how physical data centers have operated for a very long time.
Elastic IP address is basically the static IP (IPv4) address that you can allocate to your resources.
Now, in case that you allocate IP to the resource (and the resource is running), you are not charged anything. On the other hand, if you create Elastic IP, but you do not allocate it to the resource (or the resource is not running), then you are charged some amount (should be around $0.005 per hour if I remember correctly)
Additional info about these:
You are limited to 5 Elastic IP addresses per region. If you require more than that, you can contact AWS support with a request for additional addresses. You need to have a good reason in order to be approved because IPv4 addresses are becoming a scarce resource.
In general, you should be good without Elastic IPs for most of the use-cases (as every EC2 instance has its own public IP, and you can use load balancers, as well as map most of the resources via Route 53).
One of the use-cases that I’ve seen where my client is using Elastic IP is to make it easier for him to access specific EC2 instance via RDP, as well as do deployment through Visual Studio, as he targets the Elastic IP, and thus does not have to watch for any changes in public IP (in case of stopping or rebooting).
At this time, AWS Transit Gateway does not support inter region attachments. The transit gateway and the attached VPCs must be in the same region. VPC peering supports inter region peering.
The EC2 instance is server instance whilst a Workspace is windows desktop instance
Both Windows Server and Windows workstation editions have desktops. Windows Server Core doesn’t not (and AWS doesn’t have an AMI for Windows Server Core that I could find).
It is possible to SSH into a Windows instance – this is done on port 22. You would not see a desktop when using SSH if you had enabled it. It is not enabled by default.
If you are seeing a desktop, I believe you’re “RDPing” to the Windows instance. This is done with the RDP protocol on port 3389.
Two different protocols and two different ports.
Workspaces doesn’t allow terminal or ssh services by default. You need to use Workspace client. You still can enable RDP or/and SSH but this is not recommended.
Workspaces is a managed desktop service. AWS is taking care of pre-build AMIs, software licenses, joining to domain, scaling etc.
What is Amazon EC2?Scalable, pay-as-you-go compute capacity in the cloud. Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) is a web service that provides resizable compute capacity in the cloud. It is designed to make web-scale computing easier for developers.
What is Amazon WorkSpaces?Easily provision cloud-based desktops that allow end-users to access applications and resources. With a few clicks in the AWS Management Console, customers can provision a high-quality desktop experience for any number of users at a cost that is highly competitive with traditional desktops and half the cost of most virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) solutions. End-users can access the documents, applications and resources they need with the device of their choice, including laptops, iPad, Kindle Fire, or Android tablets.
Elastic – Amazon EC2 enables you to increase or decrease capacity within minutes, not hours or days. You can commission one, hundreds or even thousands of server instances simultaneously.
Completely Controlled – You have complete control of your instances. You have root access to each one, and you can interact with them as you would any machine.
Flexible – You have the choice of multiple instance types, operating systems, and software packages. Amazon EC2 allows you to select a configuration of memory, CPU, instance storage, and the boot partition size that is optimal for your choice of operating system and application.
On the other hand, Amazon WorkSpaces provides the following key features:
Support Multiple Devices- Users can access their Amazon WorkSpaces using their choice of device, such as a laptop computer (Mac OS or Windows), iPad, Kindle Fire, or Android tablet.
Keep Your Data Secure and Available- Amazon WorkSpaces provides each user with access to persistent storage in the AWS cloud. When users access their desktops using Amazon WorkSpaces, you control whether your corporate data is stored on multiple client devices, helping you keep your data secure.
Choose the Hardware and Software you need- Amazon WorkSpaces offers a choice of bundles providing different amounts of CPU, memory, and storage so you can match your Amazon WorkSpaces to your requirements. Amazon WorkSpaces offers preinstalled applications (including Microsoft Office) or you can bring your own licensed software.
Amazon EBS vs Amazon EFS
An Amazon EBS volume stores data in a single Availability Zone. To attach an Amazon EC2 instance to an EBS volume, both the Amazon EC2 instance and the EBS volume must reside within the same Availability Zone.
Amazon EFS is a regional service. It stores data in and across multiple Availability Zones. The duplicate storage enables you to access data concurrently from all the Availability Zones in the Region where a file system is located. Additionally, on-premises servers can access Amazon EFS using AWS Direct Connect.
Provides secure, resizable compute capacity in the cloud. It makes web-scale cloud computing easier for developers. EC2
EC2 Spot
Run fault-tolerant workloads for up to 90% off. EC2Spot
EC2 Autoscaling
Automatically add or remove compute capacity to meet changes in demand. EC2_AustoScaling
Lightsail
Designed to be the easiest way to launch & manage a virtual private server with AWS. An easy-to-use cloud platform that offers everything need to build an application or website. Lightsail
Batch
Enables developers, scientists, & engineers to easily & efficiently run hundreds of thousands of batch computing jobs on AWS. Fully managed batch processing at any scale. Batch
Containers
Elastic Container Service (ECS)
Highly secure, reliable, & scalable way to run containers. ECS
Run code without thinking about servers. Pay only for the compute time you consume. Lamda
Edge and hybrid
Outposts
Run AWS infrastructure & services on premises for a truly consistent hybrid experience. Outposts
Snow Family
Collect and process data in rugged or disconnected edge environments. SnowFamily
Wavelength
Deliver ultra-low latency application for 5G devices. Wavelenth
VMware Cloud on AWS
Innovate faster, rapidly transition to the cloud, & work securely from any location. VMware_On_AWS
Local Zones
Run latency sensitive applications closer to end-users. LocalZones
Networking and Content Delivery
Use cases
Functionality
Service
Description
Build a cloud network
Define and provision a logically isolated network for your AWS resources
VPC
VPC lets you provision a logically isolated section of the AWS Cloud where you can launch AWS resources in a virtual network that you define. VPC
Connect VPCs and on-premises networks through a central hub
Transit Gateway
Transit Gateway connects VPCs & on-premises networks through a central hub. This simplifies network & puts an end to complex peering relationships. TransitGateway
Provide private connectivity between VPCs, services, and on-premises applications
PrivateLink
PrivateLink provides private connectivity between VPCs & services hosted on AWS or on-premises, securely on the Amazon network. PrivateLink
Route users to Internet applications with a managed DNS service
Route 53
Route 53 is a highly available & scalable cloud DNS web service. Route53
Scale your network design
Automatically distribute traffic across a pool of resources, such as instances, containers, IP addresses, and Lambda functions
Elastic Load Balancing
Elastic Load Balancing automatically distributes incoming application traffic across multiple targets, such as EC2’s, containers, IP addresses, & Lambda functions. ElasticLoadBalancing
Direct traffic through the AWS Global network to improve global application performance
Global Accelerator
Global Accelerator is a networking service that sends user’s traffic through AWS’s global network infrastructure, improving internet user performance by up to 60%. GlobalAccelerator
Secure your network traffic
Safeguard applications running on AWS against DDoS attacks
Shield
Shield is a managed Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection service that safeguards applications running on AWS. Shield
Protect your web applications from common web exploits
WAF
WAF is a web application firewall that helps protect your web applications or APIs against common web exploits that may affect availability, compromise security, or consume excessive resources. WAF
Centrally configure and manage firewall rules
Firewall Manager
Firewall Manager is a security management service which allows to centrally configure & manage firewall rules across accounts & apps in AWS Organization. link text
Build a hybrid IT network
Connect your users to AWS or on-premises resources using a Virtual Private Network
(VPN) – Client
VPN solutions establish secure connections between on-premises networks, remote offices, client devices, & the AWS global network. VPN
Create an encrypted connection between your network and your Amazon VPCs or AWS Transit Gateways
(VPN) – Site to Site
Site-to-Site VPN creates a secure connection between data center or branch office & AWS cloud resources. site_to_site
Establish a private, dedicated connection between AWS and your datacenter, office, or colocation environment
Direct Connect
Direct Connect is a cloud service solution that makes it easy to establish a dedicated network connection from your premises to AWS. DirectConnect
Content delivery networks
Securely deliver data, videos, applications, and APIs to customers globally with low latency, and high transfer speeds
CloudFront
CloudFront expedites distribution of static & dynamic web content. CloudFront
Build a network for microservices architectures
Provide application-level networking for containers and microservices
App Mesh
App Mesh makes it accessible to guide & control microservices operating on AWS. AppMesh
Create, maintain, and secure APIs at any scale
API Gateway
API Gateway allows the user to design & expand their own REST and WebSocket APIs at any scale. APIGateway
Discover AWS services connected to your applications
Cloud Map
Cloud Map permits the name & handles the cloud resources. CloudMap
S3 is the storehouse for the internet i.e. object storage built to store & retrieve any amount of data from anywhere S3
AWS Backup
AWS Backup is an externally-accessible backup provider that makes it easier to align & optimize the backup of data across AWS services in the cloud. AWS_Backup
Amazon EBS
Amazon Elastic Block Store is a web service that provides block-level storage volumes. EBS
Amazon EFS Storage
EFS offers file storage for the user’s Amazon EC2 instances. It’s kind of blob Storage. EFS
Amazon FSx
FSx supply fully managed 3rd-party file systems with the native compatibility & characteristic sets for workloads. It’s available as FSx for Windows server (Fully managed file storage built on Windows Server) & Lustre (Fully managed high-performance file system integrated with S3). FSx_WindowsFSx_Lustre
AWS Storage Gateway
Storage Gateway is a service which connects an on-premises software appliance with cloud-based storage. Storage_Gateway
AWS DataSync
DataSync makes it simple & fast to move large amounts of data online between on-premises storage & S3, EFS, or FSx for Windows File Server. DataSync
AWS Transfer Family
The Transfer Family provides fully managed support for file transfers directly into & out of S3. Transfer_Family
AWS Snow Family
Highly-secure, portable devices to collect & process data at the edge, and migrate data into and out of AWS. Snow_Family
Classification: Object storage: S3 File storage services: Elastic File System, FSx for Windows Servers & FSx for Lustre Block storage: EBS Backup: AWS Backup Data transfer: Storage gateway –> 3 types: Tape, File, Volume. Transfer Family –> SFTP, FTPS, FTP. Edge computing and storage and Snow Family –> Snowcone, Snowball, Snowmobile
Databases
Database type
Use cases
Service
Description
Relational
Traditional applications, ERP, CRM, e-commerce
Aurora, RDS, Redshift
RDS is a web service that makes it easier to set up, control, and scale a relational database in the cloud. AuroraRDSRedshift
Key-value
High-traffic web apps, e-commerce systems, gaming applications
DynamoDB
DynamoDB is a fully administered NoSQL database service that offers quick and reliable performance with integrated scalability. DynamoDB
ElastiCache helps in setting up, managing, and scaling in-memory cache conditions. MemcachedRedis
Document
Content management, catalogs, user profiles
DocumentDB
DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) is a quick, dependable, and fully-managed database service that makes it easy for you to set up, operate, and scale MongoDB-compatible databases.DocumentDB
Wide column
High scale industrial apps for equipment maintenance, fleet management, and route optimization
Keyspaces (for Apache Cassandra)
Keyspaces is a scalable, highly available, and managed Apache Cassandra–compatible database service. Keyspaces
Graph
Fraud detection, social networking, recommendation engines
Neptune
Neptune is a fast, reliable, fully managed graph database service that makes it easy to build and run applications that work with highly connected datasets. Neptune
Time series
IoT applications, DevOps, industrial telemetry
Timestream
Timestream is a fast, scalable, and serverless time series database service for IoT and operational applications that makes it easy to store and analyze trillions of events per day. Timestream
Ledger
Systems of record, supply chain, registrations, banking transactions
Quantum Ledger Database (QLDB)
QLDB is a fully managed ledger database that provides a transparent, immutable, and cryptographically verifiable transaction log owned by a central trusted authority. QLDB
Developer Tools
Service
Description
Cloud9
Cloud9 is a cloud-based IDE that enables the user to write, run, and debug code. Cloud9
CodeArtifact
CodeArtifact is a fully managed artifact repository service that makes it easy for organizations of any size to securely store, publish, & share software packages used in their software development process. CodeArtifact
CodeBuild
CodeBuild is a fully managed service that assembles source code, runs unit tests, & also generates artefacts ready to deploy. CodeBuild
CodeGuru
CodeGuru is a developer tool powered by machine learning that provides intelligent recommendations for improving code quality & identifying an application’s most expensive lines of code. CodeGuru
Cloud Development Kit
Cloud Development Kit (AWS CDK) is an open source software development framework to define cloud application resources using familiar programming languages. CDK
CodeCommit
CodeCommit is a version control service that enables the user to personally store & manage Git archives in the AWS cloud. CodeCommit
CodeDeploy
CodeDeploy is a fully managed deployment service that automates software deployments to a variety of compute services such as EC2, Fargate, Lambda, & on-premises servers. CodeDeploy
CodePipeline
CodePipeline is a fully managed continuous delivery service that helps automate release pipelines for fast & reliable app & infra updates. CodePipeline
CodeStar
CodeStar enables to quickly develop, build, & deploy applications on AWS. CodeStar
CLI
AWS CLI is a unified tool to manage AWS services & control multiple services from the command line & automate them through scripts. CLI
X-Ray
X-Ray helps developers analyze & debug production, distributed applications, such as those built using a microservices architecture. X-Ray
CDK uses the familiarity & expressive power of programming languages for modeling apps. CDK
Corretto
Corretto is a no-cost, multiplatform, production-ready distribution of the OpenJDK. Corretto
Crypto Tools
Cryptography is hard to do safely & correctly. The AWS Crypto Tools libraries are designed to help everyone do cryptography right, even without special expertise. Crypto Tools
Serverless Application Model (SAM)
SAM is an open-source framework for building serverless applications. It provides shorthand syntax to express functions, APIs, databases, & event source mappings. SAM
Tools for developing and managing applications on AWS
Security, Identity, & Compliance
Category
Use cases
Service
Description
Identity & access management
Securely manage access to services and resources
Identity & Access Management (IAM)
IAM is a web service for safely controlling access to AWS services. IAM
Securely manage access to services and resources
Single Sign-On
SSO helps in simplifying, managing SSO access to AWS accounts & business applications. SSO
Identity management for apps
Cognito
Cognito lets you add user sign-up, sign-in, & access control to web & mobile apps quickly and easily. Cognito
Managed Microsoft Active Directory
Directory Service
AWS Managed Microsoft Active Directory (AD) enables your directory-aware workloads & AWS resources to use managed Active Directory (AD) in AWS. DirectoryService
Simple, secure service to share AWS resources
Resource Access Manager
Resource Access Manager (RAM) is a service that enables you to easily & securely share AWS resources with any AWS account or within AWS Organization. RAM
Central governance and management across AWS accounts
Organizations
Organizations helps you centrally govern your environment as you grow and scale your workloads on AWS. Orgs
Detection
Unified security and compliance center
Security Hub
Security Hub gives a comprehensive view of security alerts & security posture across AWS accounts. SecurityHub
Managed threat detection service
GuardDuty
GuardDuty is a threat detection service that continuously monitors for malicious activity & unauthorized behavior to protect AWS accounts, workloads, & data stored in S3. GuardDuty
Analyze application security
Inspector
Inspector is a security vulnerability assessment service improves the security & compliance of the AWS resources. Inspector
Record and evaluate configurations of your AWS resources
Config
Config is a service that enables to assess, audit, & evaluate the configurations of AWS resources. Config
Track user activity and API usage
CloudTrail
CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, & risk auditing of AWS account. CloudTrail
Security management for IoT devices
IoT Device Defender
IoT Device Defender is a fully managed service that helps secure fleet of IoT devices. IoTDD
Infrastructure protection
DDoS protection
Shield
Shield is a managed DDoS protection service that safeguards apps running. It provides always-on detection & automatic inline mitigations that minimize application downtime & latency. Shield
Filter malicious web traffic
Web Application Firewall (WAF)
WAF is a web application firewall that helps protect web apps or APIs against common web exploits that may affect availability, compromise security, or consume excessive resources. WAF
Central management of firewall rules
Firewall Manager
Firewall Manager eases the user AWS WAF administration & maintenance activities over multiple accounts & resources. FirewallManager
Data protection
Discover and protect your sensitive data at scale
Macie
Macie is a fully managed data (security & privacy) service that uses ML & pattern matching to discover & protect sensitive data. Macie
Key storage and management
Key Management Service (KMS)
KMS makes it easy for to create & manage cryptographic keys & control their use across a wide range of AWS services & in your applications. KMS
Hardware based key storage for regulatory compliance
CloudHSM
CloudHSM is a cloud-based hardware security module (HSM) that enables you to easily generate & use your own encryption keys. CloudHSM
Provision, manage, and deploy public and private SSL/TLS certificates
Certificate Manager
Certificate Manager is a service that easily provision, manage, & deploy public and private SSL/TLS certs for use with AWS services & internal connected resources. ACM
Rotate, manage, and retrieve secrets
Secrets Manager
Secrets Manager assist the user to safely encode, store, & recover credentials for any user’s database & other services. SecretsManager
Incident response
Investigate potential security issues
Detective
Detective makes it easy to analyze, investigate, & quickly identify the root cause of potential security issues or suspicious activities. Detective
Provides scalable, cost-effective business continuity for physical, virtual, & cloud servers. CloudEndure
Compliance
No cost, self-service portal for on-demand access to AWS’ compliance reports
Artifact
Artifact is a web service that enables the user to download AWS security & compliance records. Artifact
Data Lakes & Analytics
Category
Use cases
Service
Description
Analytics
Interactive analytics
Athena
Athena is an interactive query service that makes it easy to analyze data in S3 using standard SQL. Athena
Big data processing
EMR
EMR is the industry-leading cloud big data platform for processing vast amounts of data using open source tools such as Apache Spark, Hive, HBase,Flink, Hudi, & Presto. EMR
Data warehousing
Redshift
The most popular & fastest cloud data warehouse. Redshift
Real-time analytics
Kinesis
Kinesis makes it easy to collect, process, & analyze real-time, streaming data so one can get timely insights. Kinesis
Operational analytics
Elasticsearch Service
Elasticsearch Service is a fully managed service that makes it easy to deploy, secure, & run Elasticsearch cost effectively at scale. ES
Dashboards & visualizations
Quicksight
QuickSight is a fast, cloud-powered business intelligence service that makes it easy to deliver insights to everyone in organization. QuickSight
Data movement
Real-time data movement
1) Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (MSK) 2) Kinesis Data Streams 3) Kinesis Data Firehose 4) Kinesis Data Analytics 5) Kinesis Video Streams 6) Glue
MSK is a fully managed service that makes it easy to build & run applications that use Apache Kafka to process streaming data. MSKKDSKDFKDAKVSGlue
Data lake
Object storage
1) S3 2) Lake Formation
Lake Formation is a service that makes it easy to set up a secure data lake in days. A data lake is a centralized, curated, & secured repository that stores all data, both in its original form & prepared for analysis. S3LakeFormation
Backup & archive
1) S3 Glacier 2) Backup
S3 Glacier & S3 Glacier Deep Archive are a secure, durable, & extremely low-cost S3 cloud storage classes for data archiving & long-term backup. S3Glacier
Data catalog
1) Glue 2)) Lake Formation
Refer as above.
Third-party data
Data Exchange
Data Exchange makes it easy to find, subscribe to, & use third-party data in the cloud. DataExchange
Predictive analytics && machine learning
Frameworks & interfaces
Deep Learning AMIs
Deep Learning AMIs provide machine learning practitioners & researchers with the infrastructure & tools to accelerate deep learning in the cloud, at any scale. DeepLearningAMIs
Platform services
SageMaker
SageMaker is a fully managed service that provides every developer & data scientist with the ability to build, train, & deploy machine learning (ML) models quickly. SageMaker
Containers
Use cases
Service
Description
Store, encrypt, and manage container images
ECR
Refer compute section
Run containerized applications or build microservices
ECS
Refer compute section
Manage containers with Kubernetes
EKS
Refer compute section
Run containers without managing servers
Fargate
Fargate is a serverless compute engine for containers that works with both ECS & EKS. Fargate
Run containers with server-level control
EC2
Refer compute section
Containerize and migrate existing applications
App2Container
App2Container (A2C) is a command-line tool for modernizing .NET & Java applications into containerized applications. App2Container
Quickly launch and manage containerized applications
Copilot
Copilot is a command line interface (CLI) that enables customers to quickly launch & easily manage containerized applications on AWS. Copilot
Lambda@Edge is a feature of Amazon CloudFront that lets you run code closer to users of your application, which improves performance & reduces latency.
Aurora Serverless is an on-demand, auto-scaling configuration for Amazon Aurora (MySQL & PostgreSQL-compatible editions), where the database will automatically start up, shut down, & scale capacity up or down based on your application’s needs.
RDS Proxy is a fully managed, highly available database proxy for RDS that makes applications more scalable, resilient to database failures, & more secure.
AppSync is a fully managed service that makes it easy to develop GraphQL APIs by handling the heavy lifting of securely connecting to data sources like AWS DynamoDB, Lambda.
EventBridge is a serverless event bus that makes it easy to connect applications together using data from apps, integrated SaaS apps, & AWS services.
Step Functions is a serverless function orchestrator that makes it easy to sequence Lambda functions & multiple AWS services into business-critical applications.
The easiest way to set up and govern a new, secure multi-account AWS environment. ControlTower
Organizations
Organizations helps centrally govern environment as you grow & scale workloads on AWS Organizations
Well-Architected Tool
Well-Architected Tool helps review the state of workloads & compares them to the latest AWS architectural best practices. WATool
Budgets
Budgets allows to set custom budgets to track cost & usage from the simplest to the most complex use cases. Budgets
License Manager
License Manager makes it easier to manage software licenses from software vendors such as Microsoft, SAP, Oracle, & IBM across AWS & on-premises environments. LicenseManager
Provision
CloudFormation
CloudFormation enables the user to design & provision AWS infrastructure deployments predictably & repeatedly. CloudFormation
Service Catalog
Service Catalog allows organizations to create & manage catalogs of IT services that are approved for use on AWS. ServiceCatalog
OpsWorks
OpsWorks presents a simple and flexible way to create and maintain stacks and applications. OpsWorks
Marketplace
Marketplace is a digital catalog with thousands of software listings from independent software vendors that make it easy to find, test, buy, & deploy software that runs on AWS. Marketplace
Operate
CloudWatch
CloudWatch offers a reliable, scalable, & flexible monitoring solution that can easily start. CloudWatch
CloudTrail
CloudTrail is a service that enables governance, compliance, operational auditing, & risk auditing of AWS account. CloudTrail
Read For Me launched at the 2021 AWS re:Invent Builders’ Fair in Las Vegas. A web application which helps the visually impaired ‘hear documents. With the help of AI services such as Amazon Textract, Amazon Comprehend, Amazon Translate and Amazon Polly utilizing an event-driven architecture and serverless technology, users upload a picture of a document, or anything with text, and within a few seconds “hear” that document in their chosen language.
AWS read for me
2- Delivering code and architectures through AWS Proton and Git
Infrastructure operators are looking for ways to centrally define and manage the architecture of their services, while developers need to find a way to quickly and safely deploy their code. In this session, learn how to use AWS Proton to define architectural templates and make them available to development teams in a collaborative manner. Also, learn how to enable development teams to customize their templates so that they fit the needs of their services.
3- Accelerate front-end web and mobile development with AWS Amplify
User-facing web and mobile applications are the primary touchpoint between organizations and their customers. To meet the ever-rising bar for customer experience, developers must deliver high-quality apps with both foundational and differentiating features. AWS Amplify helps front-end web and mobile developers build faster front to back. In this session, review Amplify’s core capabilities like authentication, data, and file storage and explore new capabilities, such as Amplify Geo and extensibility features for easier app customization with AWS services and better integration with existing deployment pipelines. Also learn how customers have been successful using Amplify to innovate in their businesses.
3- Train ML models at scale with Amazon SageMaker, featuring Aurora
Today, AWS customers use Amazon SageMaker to train and tune millions of machine learning (ML) models with billions of parameters. In this session, learn about advanced SageMaker capabilities that can help you manage large-scale model training and tuning, such as distributed training, automatic model tuning, optimizations for deep learning algorithms, debugging, profiling, and model checkpointing, so that even the largest ML models can be trained in record time for the lowest cost. Then, hear from Aurora, a self-driving vehicle technology company, on how they use SageMaker training capabilities to train large perception models for autonomous driving using massive amounts of images, video, and 3D point cloud data.
AWS RE:INVENT 2020 – LATEST PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ANNOUNCED:
Amazon Elasticsearch Service is uniquely positioned to handle log analytics workloads. With a multitude of open-source and AWS-native service options, users can assemble effective log data ingestion pipelines and couple these with Amazon Elasticsearch Service to build a robust, cost-effective log analytics solution. This session reviews patterns and frameworks leveraged by companies such as Capital One to build an end-to-end log analytics solution using Amazon Elasticsearch Service.
Many companies in regulated industries have achieved compliance requirements using AWS Config. They also need a record of the incidents generated by AWS Config in tools such as ServiceNow for audits and remediation. In this session, learn how you can achieve compliance as code using AWS Config. Through the creation of a noncompliant Amazon EC2 machine, this demo shows how AWS Config triggers an incident into a governance, risk, and compliance system for audit recording and remediation. The session also covers best practices for how to automate the setup process with AWS CloudFormation to support many teams.
3- Cost-optimize your enterprise workloads with Amazon EBS – Compute
Recent times have underscored the need to enable agility while maintaining the lowest total cost of ownership (TCO). In this session, learn about the latest volume types that further optimize your performance and cost, while enabling you to run newer applications on AWS with high availability. Dive deep into the latest AWS volume launches and cost-optimization strategies for workloads such as databases, virtual desktop infrastructure, and low-latency interactive applications.
Location data is a vital ingredient in today’s applications, enabling use cases from asset tracking to geomarketing. Now, developers can use the new Amazon Location Service to add maps, tracking, places, geocoding, and geofences to applications, easily, securely, and affordably. Join this session to see how to get started with the service and integrate high-quality location data from geospatial data providers Esri and HERE. Learn how to move from experimentation to production quickly with location capabilities. This session can help developers who require simple location data and those building sophisticated asset tracking, customer engagement, fleet management, and delivery applications.
In this session, learn how Amazon Connect Tasks makes it easy for you to prioritize, assign, and track all the tasks that agents need to complete, including work in external applications needed to resolve customer issues (such as emails, cases, and social posts). Tasks provides a single place for agents to be assigned calls, chats, and tasks, ensuring agents are focused on the highest-priority work. Also, learn how you can also use Tasks with Amazon Connect’s workflow capabilities to automate task-related actions that don’t require agent interaction. Come see how you can use Amazon Connect Tasks to increase customer satisfaction while improving agent productivity.
New agent-assist capabilities from Amazon Connect Wisdom make it easier and faster for agents to find the information they need to solve customer issues in real time. In this session, see how agents can use simple ML-powered search to find information stored across knowledge bases, wikis, and FAQs, like Salesforce and ServiceNow. Join the session to hear Traeger Pellet Grills discuss how it’s using these new features, along with Contact Lens for Amazon Connect, to deliver real-time recommendations to agents based on issues automatically detected during calls.
Grafana is a popular, open-source data visualization tool that enables you to centrally query and analyze observability data across multiple data sources. Learn how the new Amazon Managed Service for Grafana, announced with Grafana’s parent company Grafana Labs, solves common observability challenges. With the new fully managed service, you can monitor, analyze, and alarm on metrics, logs, and traces while offloading the operational management of security patching, upgrading, and resource scaling to AWS. This session also covers new Grafana capabilities such as advanced security features and native AWS service integrations to simplify configuration and onboarding of data sources.
Prometheus is a popular open-source monitoring and alerting solution optimized for container environments. Customers love Prometheus for its active open-source community and flexible query language, using it to monitor containers across AWS and on-premises environments. Amazon Managed Service for Prometheus is a fully managed Prometheus-compatible monitoring service. In this session, learn how you can use the same open-source Prometheus data model, existing instrumentation, and query language to monitor performance with improved scalability, availability, and security without having to manage the underlying infrastructure.
Today, enterprises use low-power, long-range wide-area network (LoRaWAN) connectivity to transmit data over long ranges, through walls and floors of buildings, and in commercial and industrial use cases. However, this requires companies to operate their own LoRa network server (LNS). In this session, learn how you can use LoRaWAN for AWS IoT Core to avoid time-consuming and undifferentiated development work, operational overhead of managing infrastructure, or commitment to costly subscription-based pricing from third-party service providers.
10-AWS CloudShell: The fastest way to get started with AWS CLI
AWS CloudShell is a free, browser-based shell available from the AWS console that provides a simple way to interact with AWS resources through the AWS command-line interface (CLI). In this session, see an overview of both AWS CloudShell and the AWS CLI, which when used together are the fastest and easiest ways to automate tasks, write scripts, and explore new AWS services. Also, see a demo of both services and how to quickly and easily get started with each.
Industrial organizations use AWS IoT SiteWise to liberate their industrial equipment data in order to make data-driven decisions. Now with AWS IoT SiteWise Edge, you can collect, organize, process, and monitor your equipment data on premises before sending it to local or AWS Cloud destinations—all while using the same asset models, APIs, and functionality. Learn how you can extend the capabilities of AWS IoT SiteWise to the edge with AWS IoT SiteWise Edge.
AWS Fault Injection Simulator is a fully managed chaos engineering service that helps you improve application resiliency by making it easy and safe to perform controlled chaos engineering experiments on AWS. In this session, see an overview of chaos engineering and AWS Fault Injection Simulator, and then see a demo of how to use AWS Fault Injection Simulator to make applications more resilient to failure.
Organizations are breaking down data silos and building petabyte-scale data lakes on AWS to democratize access to thousands of end users. Since its launch, AWS Lake Formation has accelerated data lake adoption by making it easy to build and secure data lakes. In this session, AWS Lake Formation GM Mehul A. Shah showcases recent innovations enabling modern data lake use cases. He also introduces a new capability of AWS Lake Formation that enables fine-grained, row-level security and near-real-time analytics in data lakes.
Machine learning (ML) models may generate predictions that are not fair, whether because of biased data, a model that contains bias, or bias that emerges over time as real-world conditions change. Likewise, closed-box ML models are opaque, making it difficult to explain to internal stakeholders, auditors, external regulators, and customers alike why models make predictions both overall and for individual inferences. In this session, learn how Amazon SageMaker Clarify is providing built-in tools to detect bias across the ML workflow including during data prep, after training, and over time in your deployed model.
Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS introduces a new deployment option in Amazon EMR that allows you to run open-source big data frameworks on Amazon EKS. This session digs into the technical details of Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS, helps you understand benefits for customers using Amazon EMR or running open-source Spark on Amazon EKS, and discusses performance considerations.
Finding unexpected anomalies in metrics can be challenging. Some organizations look for data that falls outside of arbitrary ranges; if the range is too narrow, they miss important alerts, and if it is too broad, they receive too many false alerts. In this session, learn about Amazon Lookout for Metrics, a fully managed anomaly detection service that is powered by machine learning and over 20 years of anomaly detection expertise at Amazon to quickly help organizations detect anomalies and understand what caused them. This session guides you through setting up your own solution to monitor for anomalies and showcases how to deliver notifications via various integrations with the service.
17- Improve application availability with ML-powered insights using Amazon DevOps Guru
As applications become increasingly distributed and complex, developers and IT operations teams need more automated practices to maintain application availability and reduce the time and effort spent detecting, debugging, and resolving operational issues manually. In this session, discover Amazon DevOps Guru, an ML-powered cloud operations service, informed by years of Amazon.com and AWS operational excellence, that provides an easy and automated way to improve an application’s operational performance and availability. See how you can transform your IT operations and reduce mean time to recovery (MTTR) with contextual insights.
Amazon Connect Voice ID provides real-time caller authentication that makes voice interactions in contact centers more secure and efficient. Voice ID uses machine learning to verify the identity of genuine customers by analyzing a caller’s unique voice characteristics. This allows contact centers to use an additional security layer that doesn’t rely on the caller answering multiple security questions, and it makes it easy to enroll and verify customers without disrupting the natural flow of the conversation. Join this session to see how fast and secure ML-based voice authentication can power your contact center.
G4ad instances feature the latest AMD Radeon Pro V520 GPUs and second-generation AMD EPYC processors. These new instances deliver the best price performance in Amazon EC2 for graphics-intensive applications such as virtual workstations, game streaming, and graphics rendering. This session dives deep into these instances, ideal use cases, and performance benchmarks, and it provides a demo.
new capability that enables deployment of Amazon ECS tasks on customer-managed infrastructure. This session covers the evolution of Amazon ECS over time, including new on-premises capabilities to manage your hybrid footprint using a common fully managed control plane and API. You learn some foundational technical details and important tenets that AWS is using to design these capabilities, and the session ends with a short demo of Amazon ECS Anywhere.
Amazon Aurora Serverless is an on-demand, auto scaling configuration of Amazon Aurora that automatically adjusts database capacity based on application demand. With Amazon Aurora Serverless v2, you can now scale database workloads instantly from hundreds to hundreds of thousands of transactions per second and adjust capacity in fine-grained increments to provide just the right amount of database resources. This session dives deep into Aurora Serverless v2 and shows how it can help you operate even the most demanding database workloads worry-free.
Apple delights its customers with stunning devices like iPhones, iPads, MacBooks, Apple Watches, and Apple TVs, and developers want to create applications that run on iOS, macOS, iPadOS, tvOS, watchOS, and Safari. In this session, learn how Amazon is innovating to improve the development experience for Apple applications. Come learn how AWS now enables you to develop, build, test, and sign Apple applications with the flexibility, scalability, reliability, and cost benefits of Amazon EC2.
When industrial equipment breaks down, this means costly downtime. To avoid this, you perform maintenance at regular intervals, which is inefficient and increases your maintenance costs. Predictive maintenance allows you to plan the required repair at an optimal time before a breakdown occurs. However, predictive maintenance solutions can be challenging and costly to implement given the high costs and complexity of sensors and infrastructure. You also have to deal with the challenges of interpreting sensor data and accurately detecting faults in order to send alerts. Come learn how Amazon Monitron helps you solve these challenges by offering an out-of-the-box, end-to-end, cost-effective system.
As data grows, we need innovative approaches to get insight from all the information at scale and speed. AQUA is a new hardware-accelerated cache that uses purpose-built analytics processors to deliver up to 10 times better query performance than other cloud data warehouses by automatically boosting certain types of queries. It’s available in preview on Amazon Redshift RA3 nodes in select regions at no extra cost and without any code changes. Attend this session to understand how AQUA works and which analytic workloads will benefit the most from AQUA.
Figuring out if a part has been manufactured correctly, or if machine part is damaged, is vitally important. Making this determination usually requires people to inspect objects, which can be slow and error-prone. Some companies have applied automated image analysis—machine vision—to detect anomalies. While useful, these systems can be very difficult and expensive to maintain. In this session, learn how Amazon Lookout for Vision can automate visual inspection across your production lines in few days. Get started in minutes, and perform visual inspection and identify product defects using as few as 30 images, with no machine learning (ML) expertise required.
AWS Proton is a new service that enables infrastructure operators to create and manage common container-based and serverless application stacks and automate provisioning and code deployments through a self-service interface for their developers. Learn how infrastructure teams can empower their developers to use serverless and container technologies without them first having to learn, configure, and maintain the underlying resources.
Migrating applications from SQL Server to an open-source compatible database can be time-consuming and resource-intensive. Solutions such as the AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) automate data and database schema migration, but there is often more work to do to migrate application code. This session introduces Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL, a new translation layer for Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL that enables Amazon Aurora to understand commands from applications designed to run on Microsoft SQL Server. Learn how Babelfish for Aurora PostgreSQL works to reduce the time, risk, and effort of migrating Microsoft SQL Server-based applications to Aurora, and see some of the capabilities that make this possible.
Over the past decade, we’ve witnessed a digital transformation in healthcare, with organizations capturing huge volumes of patient information. But this data is often unstructured and difficult to extract, with information trapped in clinical notes, insurance claims, recorded conversations, and more. In this session, explore how the new Amazon HealthLake service removes the heavy lifting of organizing, indexing, and structuring patient information to provide a complete view of each patient’s health record in the FHIR standard format. Come learn how to use prebuilt machine learning models to analyze and understand relationships in the data, identify trends, and make predictions, ultimately delivering better care for patients.
When business users want to ask new data questions that are not answered by existing business intelligence (BI) dashboards, they rely on BI teams to create or update data models and dashboards, which can take several weeks to complete. In this session, learn how Merlin lets users simply enter their questions on the Merlin search bar and get answers in seconds. Merlin uses natural language processing and semantic data understanding to make sense of the data. It extracts business terminologies and intent from users’ questions, retrieves the corresponding data from the source, and returns the answer in the form of a number, chart, or table in Amazon QuickSight.
When developers publish images publicly for anyone to find and use—whether for free or under license—they must make copies of common images and upload them to public websites and registries that do not offer the same availability commitment as Amazon ECR. This session explores a new Amazon public registry, Amazon ECR Public, built with AWS experience operating Amazon ECR. Here, developers can share georeplicated container software worldwide for anyone to discover and download. Developers can quickly publish public container images with a single command. Learn how anyone can browse and pull container software for use in their own applications.
Industrial companies are constantly working to avoid unplanned downtime due to equipment failure and to improve operational efficiency. Over the years, they have invested in physical sensors, data connectivity, data storage, and dashboarding to monitor equipment and get real-time alerts. Current data analytics methods include single-variable thresholds and physics-based modeling approaches, which are not effective at detecting certain failure types and operating conditions. In this session, learn how Amazon Lookout for Equipment uses data from your sensors to detect abnormal equipment behavior so that you can take action before machine failures occur and avoid unplanned downtime.
In this session, learn how Contact Lens for Amazon Connect enables your contact center supervisors to understand the sentiment of customer conversations, identify call drivers, evaluate compliance with company guidelines, and analyze trends. This can help supervisors train agents, replicate successful interactions, and identify crucial company and product feedback. Your supervisors can conduct fast full-text search on all transcripts to quickly troubleshoot customer issues. With real-time capabilities, you can get alerted to issues during live customer calls and deliver proactive assistance to agents while calls are in progress, improving customer satisfaction. Join this session to see how real-time ML-powered analytics can power your contact center.
AWS Local Zones places compute, storage, database, and other select services closer to locations where no AWS Region exists today. Last year, AWS launched the first two Local Zones in Los Angeles, and organizations are using Local Zones to deliver applications requiring ultra-low-latency compute. AWS is launching Local Zones in 15 metro areas to extend access across the contiguous US. In this session, learn how you can run latency-sensitive portions of applications local to end users and resources in a specific geography, delivering single-digit millisecond latency for use cases such as media and entertainment content creation, real-time gaming, reservoir simulations, electronic design automation, and machine learning.
Your customers expect a fast, frictionless, and personalized customer service experience. In this session, learn about Amazon Connect Customer Profiles—a new unified customer profile capability to allow agents to provide more personalized service during a call. Customer Profiles automatically brings together customer information from multiple applications, such as Salesforce, Marketo, Zendesk, ServiceNow, and Amazon Connect contact history, into a unified customer profile. With Customer Profiles, agents have the information they need, when they need it, directly in their agent application, resulting in improved customer satisfaction and reduced call resolution times (by up to 15%).
Preparing training data can be tedious. Amazon SageMaker Data Wrangler provides a faster, visual way to aggregate and prepare data for machine learning. In this session, learn how to use SageMaker Data Wrangler to connect to data sources and use prebuilt visualization templates and built-in data transforms to streamline the process of cleaning, verifying, and exploring data without having to write a single line of code. See a demonstration of how SageMaker Data Wrangler can be used to perform simple tasks as well as more advanced use cases. Finally, see how you can take your data preparation workflows into production with a single click.
To provide access to critical resources when needed and also limit the potential financial impact of an application outage, a highly available application design is critical. In this session, learn how you can use Amazon CloudWatch and AWS X-Ray to increase the availability of your applications. Join this session to learn how AWS observability solutions can help you proactively detect, efficiently investigate, and quickly resolve operational issues. All of which help you manage and improve your application’s availability.
Security is critical for your Kubernetes-based applications. Join this session to learn about the security features and best practices for Amazon EKS. This session covers encryption and other configurations and policies to keep your containers safe.
Don’t miss the AWS Partner Keynote with Doug Yeum, head of Global Partner Organization; Sandy Carter, vice president, Global Public Sector Partners and Programs; and Dave McCann, vice president, AWS Migration, Marketplace, and Control Services, to learn how AWS is helping partners modernize their businesses to help their customers transform.
Join Swami Sivasubramanian for the first-ever Machine Learning Keynote, live at re:Invent. Hear how AWS is freeing builders to innovate on machine learning with the latest developments in AWS machine learning, demos of new technology, and insights from customers.
Join Peter DeSantis, senior vice president of Global Infrastructure and Customer Support, to learn how AWS has optimized its cloud infrastructure to run some of the world’s most demanding womath.ceilrkloads and give your business a competitive edge.
Join Dr. Werner Vogels at 8:00AM (PST) as he goes behind the scenes to show how Amazon is solving today’s hardest technology problems. Based on his experience working with some of the largest and most successful applications in the world, Dr. Vogels shares his insights on building truly resilient architectures and what that means for the future of software development.
Cloud architecture has evolved over the years as the nature of adoption has changed and the level of maturity in our thinking continues to develop. In this session, Rudy Valdez, VP of Solutions Architecture and Training & Certification, walks
Organizations around the world are minimizing operations and maximizing agility by developing with serverless building blocks. Join David Richardson, VP of Serverless, for a closer look at the serverless programming model, including event-dri
AWS edge computing solutions provide infrastructure and software that move data processing and analysis as close to the endpoint where data is generated as required by customers. In this session, learn about new edge computing capabilities announced at re:Invent and how customers are using purpose-built edge solutions to extend the cloud to the edge.
Topics on simplifying container deployment, legacy workload migration using containers, optimizing costs for containerized applications, container architectural choices, and more.
Do you need to know what’s happening with your applications that run on Amazon EKS? In this session, learn how you can combine open-source tools, such as Prometheus and Grafana, with Amazon CloudWatch using CloudWatch Container Insights. Come to this session for a demo of Prometheus metrics with Container Insights.
The hard part is done. You and your team have spent weeks poring over pull requests, building microservices and containerizing them. Congrats! But what do you do now? How do you get those services on AWS? How do you manage multiple environments? How do you automate deployments? AWS Copilot is a new command line tool that makes building, developing, and operating containerized applications on AWS a breeze. In this session, learn how AWS Copilot can help you and your team manage your services and deploy them to production, safely and delightfully.
Five years ago, if you talked about containers, the assumption was that you were running them on a Linux VM. Fast forward to today, and now that assumption is challenged—in a good way. Come to this session to explore the best data plane option to meet your needs. This session covers the advantages of different abstraction models (Amazon EC2 or AWS Fargate), the operating system (Linux or Windows), the CPU architecture (x86 or Arm), and the commercial model (Spot or On-Demand Instances.)
Security is critical for your Kubernetes-based applications. Join this session to learn about the security features and best practices for Amazon EKS. This session covers encryption and other configurations and policies to keep your containers safe.
In this session, learn how the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CommBank) built a platform to run containerized applications in a regulated environment and then replicated it across multiple departments using Amazon EKS, AWS CDK, and GitOps. This session covers how to manage multiple multi-team Amazon EKS clusters across multiple AWS accounts while ensuring compliance and observability requirements and integrating Amazon EKS with AWS Identity and Access Management, Amazon CloudWatch, AWS Secrets Manager, Application Load Balancer, Amazon Route 53, and AWS Certificate Manager.
Amazon EKS is a fully managed service that makes it easy to deploy, manage, and scale containerized applications using Kubernetes on AWS. Join this session to learn about how Verizon runs its core applications on Amazon EKS at scale. Verizon also discusses how it worked with AWS to overcome several post-Amazon EKS migration challenges and ensured that the platform was robust.
Containers have helped revolutionize modern application architecture. While managed container services have enabled greater agility in application development, coordinating safe deployments and maintainable infrastructure has become more important than ever. This session outlines how to integrate CI/CD best practices into deployments of your Amazon ECS and AWS Fargate services using pipelines and the latest in AWS developer tooling.
With Amazon ECS, you can run your containerized workloads securely and with ease. In this session, learn how to utilize the full spectrum of Amazon ECS security features and its tight integrations with AWS security features to help you build highly secure applications.
Do you have to budget your spend for container workloads? Do you need to be able to optimize your spend in multiple services to reduce waste? If so, this session is for you. It walks you through how you can use AWS services and configurations to improve your cost visibility. You learn how you can select the best compute options for your containers to maximize utilization and reduce duplication. This combined with various AWS purchase options helps you ensure that you’re using the best options for your services and your budget.
You have a choice of approach when it comes to provisioning compute for your containers. Some users prefer to have more direct control of their instances, while others could do away with the operational heavy lifting. AWS Fargate removes the need to provision and manage servers, lets you specify and pay for resources per application, and improves security through application isolation by design. This session explores the benefits and considerations of running on Fargate or directly on Amazon EC2 instances. You hear about new and upcoming features and learn how Amenity Analytics benefits from the serverless operational model.
Are you confused by the many choices of containers services that you can run on AWS? This session explores all your options and the advantages of each. Whether you are just beginning to learn Docker or are an expert with Kubernetes, join this session to learn how to pick the right services that would work best for you.
Leading containers migration and modernization initiatives can be daunting, but AWS is making it easier. This session explores architectural choices and common patterns, and it provides real-world customer examples. Learn about core technologies to help you build and operate container environments at scale. Discover how abstractions can reduce the pain for infrastructure teams, operators, and developers. Finally, hear the AWS vision for how to bring it all together with improved usability for more business agility.
As the number of services grow within an application, it becomes difficult to pinpoint the exact location of errors, reroute traffic after failures, and safely deploy code changes. In this session, learn how to integrate AWS App Mesh with Amazon ECS to export monitoring data and implement consistent communications control logic across your application. This makes it easy to quickly pinpoint the exact locations of errors and automatically reroute network traffic, keeping your container applications highly available and performing well.
Enterprises are continually looking to develop new applications using container technologies and leveraging modern CI/CD tools to automate their software delivery lifecycles. This session highlights the types of applications and associated factors that make a candidate suitable to be containerized. It also covers best practices that can be considered as you embark on your modernization journey.
Because of its security, reliability, and scalability capabilities, Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) is used by organization in their most sensitive and mission-critical applications. This session focuses on how Amazon EKS networking works with an Amazon VPC and how to expose your Kubernetes application using Elastic Load Balancing load balancers. It also looks at options for more efficient IP address utilization.
Network design is a critical component in your large-scale migration journey. This session covers some of the real-world networking challenges faced when migrating to the cloud. You learn how to overcome these challenges by diving deep into topics such as establishing private connectivity to your on-premises data center and accelerating data migrations using AWS Direct Connect/Direct Connect gateway, centralizing and simplifying your networking with AWS Transit Gateway, and extending your private DNS into the cloud. The session also includes a discussion of related best practices.
5G will be the catalyst for the next industrial revolution. In this session, come learn about key technical use cases for different industry segments that will be enabled by 5G and related technologies, and hear about the architectural patterns that will support these use cases. You also learn about AWS-enabled 5G reference architectures that incorporate AWS services.
AWS offers a breadth and depth of machine learning (ML) infrastructure you can use through either a do-it-yourself approach or a fully managed approach with Amazon SageMaker. In this session, explore how to choose the proper instance for ML inference based on latency and throughput requirements, model size and complexity, framework choice, and portability. Join this session to compare and contrast compute-optimized CPU-only instances, such as Amazon EC2 C4 and C5; high-performance GPU instances, such as Amazon EC2 G4 and P3; cost-effective variable-size GPU acceleration with Amazon Elastic Inference; and highest performance/cost with Amazon EC2 Inf1 instances powered by custom-designed AWS Inferentia chips.
When it comes to architecting your workloads on VMware Cloud on AWS, it is important to understand design patterns and best practices. Come join this session to learn how you can build well-architected cloud-based solutions for your VMware workloads. This session covers infrastructure designs with native AWS service integrations across compute, networking, storage, security, and operations. It also covers the latest announcements for VMware Cloud on AWS and how you can use these new features in your current architecture.
One of the most critical phases of executing a migration is moving traffic from your existing endpoints to your newly deployed resources in the cloud. This session discusses practices and patterns that can be leveraged to ensure a successful cutover to the cloud. The session covers preparation, tools and services, cutover techniques, rollback strategies, and engagement mechanisms to ensure a successful cutover.
AWS DeepRacer is the fastest way to get rolling with machine learning. Developers of all skill levels can get hands-on, learning how to train reinforcement learning models in a cloud based 3D racing simulator. Attend a session to get started, and then test your skills by competing for prizes and glory in an exciting autonomous car racing experience throughout re:Invent!
AWS DeepRacer gives you an interesting and fun way to get started with reinforcement learning (RL). RL is an advanced machine learning (ML) technique that takes a very different approach to training models than other ML methods. Its super power is that it learns very complex behaviors without requiring any labeled training data, and it can make short-term decisions while optimizing for a longer-term goal. AWS DeepRacer makes it fast and easy to build models in Amazon SageMaker and train, test, and iterate quickly and easily on the track in the AWS DeepRacer 3D racing simulator.
As more organizations are looking to migrate to the cloud, Red Hat OpenShift Service offers a proven, reliable, and consistent platform across the hybrid cloud. Red Hat and AWS recently announced a fully managed joint service that can be deployed directly from the AWS Management Console and can integrate with other AWS Cloud-native services. In this session, you learn about this new service, which delivers production-ready Kubernetes that many enterprises use on premises today, enhancing your ability to shift workloads to the AWS Cloud and making it easier to adopt containers and deploy applications faster. This presentation is brought to you by Red Hat, an AWS Partner.
Event-driven architecture can help you decouple services and simplify dependencies as your applications grow. In this session, you learn how Amazon EventBridge provides new options for developers who are looking to gain the benefits of this approach.
Amazon Timestream is a fast, scalable, and serverless time series database service for IoT and operational applications that makes it easy to store and analyze trillions of events per day at as little as one-tenth the cost of relational databases. In this session, dive deep on Amazon Timestream features and capabilities, including its serverless automatic scaling architecture, its storage tiering that simplifies your data lifecycle management, its purpose-built query engine that lets you access and analyze recent and historical data together, and its built-in time series analytics functions that help you identify trends and patterns in your data in near-real time.
Savings Plans is a flexible pricing model that allows you to save up to 72 percent on Amazon EC2, AWS Fargate, and AWS Lambda. Many AWS users have adopted Savings Plans since its launch in November 2019 for the simplicity, savings, ease of use, and flexibility. In this session, learn how many organizations use Savings Plans to drive more migrations and business outcomes. Hear from Comcast on their compute transformation journey to the cloud and how it started with RIs. As their cloud usage evolved, they adopted Savings Plans to drive business outcomes such as new architecture patterns.
The ability to deploy only configuration changes, separate from code, means you do not have to restart the applications or services that use the configuration and changes take effect immediately. In this session, learn best practices used by teams within Amazon to rapidly release features at scale. Learn about a pattern that uses AWS CodePipeline and AWS AppConfig that will allow you to roll out application configurations without taking applications out of service. This will help you ship features faster across complex environments or regions.
I watched (binged) the A Cloud Guru course in two days and did the 6 practice exams over a week. I originally was only getting 70%’s on the exams, but continued doing them on my free time (to the point where I’d have 15 minutes and knock one out on my phone lol) and started getting 90%’s. – A mix of knowledge vs memorization tbh. Just make sure you read why your answers are wrong.
I don’t really have a huge IT background, although will note I work in a DevOps (1 1/2 years) environment; so I do use AWS to host our infrastructure. However, the exam is very high level compared to what I do/services I use. I’m fairly certain with zero knowledge/experience, someone could pass this within two weeks. AWS is also currently promoting a “get certified” challenge and is offering 50% off.
Went through the entire CloudAcademy course. Most of the info went out the other ear. Got a 67% on their final exam. Took the ExamPro free exam, got 69%.
Was going to take it last Saturday, but I bought TutorialDojo’s exams on Udemy. Did one Friday night, got a 50% and rescheduled it a week later to today Sunday.
Took 4 total TD exams. Got a 50%, 54%, 67%, and 64%. Even up until last night I hated the TD exams with a passion, I thought they were covering way too much stuff that didn’t even pop up in study guides I read. Their wording for some problems were also atrocious. But looking back, the bulk of my “studying” was going through their pretty well written explanations, and their links to the white papers allowed me to know what and where to read.
Not sure what score I got yet on the exam. As someone who always hated testing, I’m pretty proud of myself. I also had to take a dump really bad starting at around question 25. Thanks to TutorialsDojo Jon Bonso for completely destroying my confidence before the exam, forcing me to up my game. It’s better to walk in way over prepared than underprepared.
I would like to thank this community for recommendations about exam preparation. It was wayyyy easier than I expected (also way easier than TD practice exams scenario-based questions-a lot less wordy on real exam). I felt so unready before the exam that I rescheduled the exam twice. Quick tip: if you have limited time to prepare for this exam, I would recommend scheduling the exam beforehand so that you don’t procrastinate fully.
Resources:
-Stephane’s course on Udemy (I have seen people saying to skip hands-on videos but I found them extremely helpful to understand most of the concepts-so try to not skip those hands-on)
-Tutorials Dojo practice exams (I did only 3.5 practice tests out of 5 and already got 8-10 EXACTLY worded questions on my real exam)
Previous Aws knowledge:
-Very little to no experience (deployed my group’s app to cloud via Elastic beanstalk in college-had 0 clue at the time about what I was doing-had clear guidelines)
Preparation duration: -2 weeks (honestly watched videos for 12 days and then went over summary and practice tests on the last two days)
I used Stephane Maarek on Udemy. Purchased his course and the 6 Practice Exams. Also got Neal Davis’ 500 practice questions on Udemy. I took Stephane’s class over 2 days, then spent the next 2 weeks going over the tests (3~4 per day) till I was constantly getting over 80% – passed my exam with a 882.
What an adventure, I’ve never really gieven though to getting a cert until one day it just dawned on me that it’s one of the few resources that are globally accepted. So you can approach any company and basically prove you know what’s up on AWS 😀
Passed with two weeks of prep (after work and weekends)
This was just a nice structured presentation that also gives you the powerpoint slides plus cheatsheets and a nice overview of what is said in each video lecture.
Udemy – AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Exams, created by Jon Bonso**, Tutorials Dojo**
These are some good prep exams, they ask the questions in a way that actually make you think about the related AWS Service. With only a few “Bullshit! That was asked in a confusing way” questions that popped up.
I took CCP 2 days ago and got the pass notification right after submitting the answers. In about the next 3 hours I got an email from Credly for the badge. This morning I got an official email from AWS congratulating me on passing, the score is much higher than I expected. I took Stephane Maarek’s CCP course and his 6 demo exams, then Neal Davis’ 500 questions also. On all the demo exams, I took 1 fail and all passes with about 700-800. But in the real exam, I got 860. The questions in the real exam are kind of less verbose IMO, but I don’t truly agree with some people I see on this sub saying that they are easier. Just a little bit of sharing, now I’ll find something to continue ^^
Passed the exam! Spent 25 minutes answering all the questions. Another 10 to review. I might come back and update this post with my actual score.
Background
– A year of experience working with AWS (e.g., EC2, Elastic Beanstalk, Route 53, and Amplify).
– Cloud development on AWS is not my strong suit. I just Google everything, so my knowledge is very spotty. Less so now since I studied for this exam.
Study stats
– Spent three weeks studying for the exam.
– Studied an hour to two every day.
– Solved 800-1000 practice questions.
– Took 450 screenshots of practice questions and technology/service descriptions as reference notes to quickly swift through on my phone and computer for review. Screenshots were of questions that I either didn’t know, knew but was iffy on, or those I believed I’d easily forget.
– Made 15-20 pages of notes. Chill. Nothing crazy. This is on A4 paper. Free-form note taking. With big diagrams. Around 60-80 words per page.
– I was getting low-to-mid 70%s on Neal Davis’s and Stephane Maarek’s practice exams. Highest score I got was an 80%.
– I got a 67(?)% on one of Stephane Maarek’s exams. The only sub-70% I ever got on any practice test. I got slightly anxious. But given how much harder Maarek’s exams are compared to the actual exam, the anxiety was undue.
– Finishing the practice exams on time was never a problem for me. I would finish all of them comfortably within 35 minutes.
Resources used
– AWS Cloud Practitioner Essentials on the AWS Training and Certification Portal
– AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner Practice Tests (Book) by Neal Davis
– 6 Practice Exams | AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner CLF-C01 by Stephane Maarek*
– Certified Cloud Practitioner Course by Exam Pro (Paid Version)**
– One or two free practice exams found by a quick Google search
*Regarding Exam Pro: I went through about 40% of the video lectures. I went through all the videos in the first few sections but felt that watching the lectures was too slow and laborious even at 1.5-2x speed. (The creator, for the most part, reads off of the slides, adding brief comments here and there.) So, I decided to only watch the video lectures for sections I didn’t have a good grasp on. (I believe the video lectures provided in the course are just split versions of the full length course available for free on YouTube under the freeCodeCamp channel, here.) The online course provides five practice exams. I did not take any of them.
**Regarding Stephane Maarek: I only took his practice exams. I did not take his study guide course.
Notes
– My study regimen (i.e., an hour to two every day for three weeks) was overkill.
– The questions on the practice exams created by Neal Davis and Stephane Maarek were significantly harder than those on the actual exam. I believe I could’ve passed without touching any of these resources.
– I retook one or two practice exams out of the 10+ I’ve taken. I don’t think there’s a need to retake the exams as long as you are diligent about studying the questions and underlying concepts you got wrong. I reviewed all the questions I missed on every practice exam the day before.
What would I do differently?
– Focus on practice tests only. No video lectures.
– Focus on the technologies domain. You can intuit your way through questions in the other domains.
I thank you all for helping me through this process! Couldn’t have done it without all of the recommendations and guidance on this page.
Background: I am a back-end developer that works 12 hours a day for corporate America, so no time to study (or do anything) but I made it work.
Could I have probably gone for SAA first? Yeah, but I wanted to prove to myself that I could do it. I studied for about a month. I used Maarek’s Udemy course at 1.5x speed and I couldn’t recommend it more. I also used his practice exams. I’ll be honest, I took 5 practice exams and got somehow managed to fail every single one in the mid 60’s lol. Cleared the exam with an 800. Practice exams WAY harder.
My 2 cents on must knows:
AWS Shared Security Model (who owns what)
Everything Billing (EC2 instance, S3, different support plans)
I had a few ML questions that caught me off guard
VPC concepts – i.e. subnets, NACL, Transit Gateway
I studied solidly for two weeks, starting with Tutorials Dojo (which was recommended somewhere on here). I turned all of their vocabulary words and end of module questions into note cards. I did the same with their final assessment and one free exam.
During my second week, I studied the cards for anywhere from one to two hours a day, and I’d randomly watch videos on common exam questions.
The last thing I did was watch a 3 hr long video this morning that walks you through setting up AWS Instances. The visual of setting things up filled in a lot of holes.
I had some PSI software problems, and ended up getting started late. I was pretty dejected towards the end of the exam, and was honestly (and pleasantly) surprised to see that I passed.
Hopefully this helps someone. Keep studying and pushing through – if you know it, you know it. Even if you have a bad start. Cheers 🍻
Have ~$25k in AWS credits that expire end of April. Can't use them all for my own projects. Looking to sell at a discount or work out some arrangement. Credits are legit, can provide verification. DM if interested or if you know someone who might be. submitted by /u/democracyfailedme [link] [comments]
Today I have completed CCP Udemy stephens course along with pdf notes and planning to take his practice tests in Udemy. But I am not much confident not sure why. Do I need to study more elsewhere or can I go ahead with practice exams and learn from my mistakes? Planning to schedule my exam by end of December. Is this time sufficient for me to give practice tests and get ready for the exam or can I take more time? Anyone who can help me with free notes or PDF for CCP which includes important services and their points just like a summary would be really helpful for me. submitted by /u/splunklearner95 [link] [comments]
I passed my Cloud and AI practitioner exams last month and really want to take either ML or Data Engineering associate next so I could include it/them on my CV on my hunt for an internship. I have no prior experience with hands on AWS except labs from Skillbuilder. Do you think I should study for these assoc certs considering my background or should I opt for SAA first? The reason why I want to take Data and ML engineering assoc certs is because I want to be an AI/ML engineer and I only have two full vouchers for an associate certification. submitted by /u/axellindsayp [link] [comments]
Hi All, I purchased the foundational Exam voucher code from https://awsstore.pearsonvue.com/. I made the payment, and I received the order confirmation email as well. But still haven't received the Voucher email so that I can book the exam? Where can I get the voucher now? In the order History I can see the below. thanks https://preview.redd.it/7u30c577d56g1.png?width=1762&format=png&auto=webp&s=3eb660123109e9d0a9753399a5799b882b231689 submitted by /u/amajd-sayyam [link] [comments]
https://preview.redd.it/yqu0irt9726g1.png?width=1000&format=png&auto=webp&s=cc1017938423b016d5764846906240bc53a03afb Background: Game Developer (Linux user) Previous cloud certs: None Other certs: CompTIA Security+ Completed Network+ course (no exam) Practice exams: Tutorial Dojo: ~80%+ Study resources: Adrian Cantrill Stephane Maarek Used both based on weak areas identified through practice exams. Additional resources: AWS Skill Builder (tried briefly, not primary resource) Tips: If you’re a non-native English speaker, apply for exam accommodations. Extra time helps. Consider taking the exam in person, as bathroom breaks are allowed and there’s less risk of technical or connectivity issues. Thanks again to the community for the shared resources and discussions. Hope this helps someone preparing for the exam. submitted by /u/Equivalent_Bird [link] [comments]
I'm interested in getting my Cloud knowledge up and am considering starting with SAA C03. I am also considering buying a course from Udemy. Does anyone have any recommendations to prepare for the exam? I've been looking at two courses by: Stephane Maarek and Neal David I will say I have high level knowledge, so I am not a complete beginner (I think). Would appreciate any guidance from you folk! submitted by /u/fulfillthevision [link] [comments]
I have my AWS exam on Wednesday. I have both PAN and Aadhaar cards in PVC form. My PAN has my photo and signature, and my Aadhaar card has my photo but no signature. Will this be acceptable? What should I do? https://www.pearsonvue.com/content/dam/VUE/vue/global/documents/global-id-policy/Pearson-VUE-Aadhaar-ID-Policy-English.pdf Saw this on web submitted by /u/DueVermicelli623 [link] [comments]
Took SAP-C02 last night, started off great then a few of the multiple choice questions became something of a time suck - leading to me answering the last 10 - 12 questions in about 5 minutes. Safe to say those last questions didn't get the thoughtful consideration they deserved. Got the results today - scored 714 - which, all things considered - could/should have been much worse. So - sat for exam on the 7th - can I reschedule for the 21st or 22nd? Already have 2 vouchers to use by 1/18/26 and would like to get SAP-C02 wrapped up as soon as I can. Also - currently in the market for any observations, or insights to ensure the next time I take it I pass. My suggestion - regardless of how you may have done time wise on practice exams, still be sure to manage your time when sitting for the actual exam. I'd typically wrap up practice exams with 15-20 minutes left, not so when I took it for real. submitted by /u/OkPain2052 [link] [comments]
To be honest, I put this exam off for a really long time (almost all year, in fact) due to work, life and overall procrastination. But when I got through all the content and then did it again and used Andrew Brown's guided learning and practice exams, IT FELT LIKE A WALK IN THE PARK and I was a little embarrassed on how long this took me. Nonetheless, I'm proud of my achievement and wish luck for everyone and anyone looking to take the CCP! submitted by /u/Comfortable_YouBu [link] [comments]
Amazon Quick Suite now includes Quick Research as a step within Quick Flows. This integration enables teams to generate comprehensive research reports as part of automated, multi-step workflows, transforming research projects into reusable workflows that can be shared across their organization. Quick Suite is Amazon's new AI-powered workspace that helps organizations get answers from their business data and move quickly from insights to action. With this integration, teams can trigger research automatically within their flows rather than conducting separate analysis. This addresses a critical productivity challenge by enabling teams to capture and scale proven research methods across hundreds of automated use cases. The integration also allows users to automate research workflows through scheduled triggers so users can set up flows that automatically generate research at specific times. Common use cases include automated account plan creation, standardizing product compliance analysis, and scheduled industry reports. Users benefit from pre-configured flows that generate research based on flow creator instructions and optional user inputs. The generated research report can be used further to automatically trigger downstream actions like updating a Salesforce opportunity for an account team to follow up on, posting on a Jira ticket for a compliance team to review, or creating an Asana task for a patent lawyer to approve. This unlocks "set and forget" workflows that deliver consistent analysis without manual heavy lifting. Now operating within these automated workflows, Quick Research maintains its core strength of streamlining analysis across diverse enterprise data sources while delivering verified, source-traced insights. For existing Flow users, this provides access to more comprehensive analysis. Quick Research with Flows integration is available in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Sydney), and Europe (Ireland). To learn more about automating your research needs, read the Quick Suite user guide.
Today, AWS is announcing Spatial Data Management on AWS (SDMA), a solution that enables customers to store, enrich, and connect spatial data at scale. SDMA enables customers to store their multimodal spatial data representing their physical assets (3D, geospatial, behavioral, temporal data) in a secure, centralized cloud environment. SDMA serves as a collaborative hub enabling connectivity between customer’s spatial data, their ISV SaaS applications, and AWS Services. In addition, customers can use SDMA’s collection rules to define how their spatial data is organized and enriched, helping maintain consistency and governance. Customers can use SDMA’s APIs, desktop application, and web interface to efficiently manage spatial data to accelerate insights and informed decision making around physical operations.
SDMA centralizes customer’s spatial data in a secure and highly available cloud repository to enhance data transparency and accessibility across workflows. Leveraging SDMA's automated metadata extraction for spatial data file formats, starting with: .LAZ, .E57, .GLB, and .GLTF, customers can improve data discoverability and relationships. SDMA’s REST APIs and customizable connectors simplify integrations with external applications — eliminating manual file handling and enhancing cloud and on-premises interoperability. SDMA's intuitive web and desktop interfaces enable users across technical skill levels to manage spatial data efficiently. Auto-generated file previews are designed to improve workflow speed and data accuracy, they allow users to view and validate data without downloading large files.
SDMA is available in the following AWS regions: Asia Pacific (Tokyo, Singapore, Sydney), Europe (Frankfurt, Ireland, London), US East (N. Virginia, Ohio), US West (Oregon).
To learn more, visit the SDMA Product page.
Hi all, trying to schedule an AWS exam in-person through Person VUE. After a few unsuccessful payments at the checkout, I'm getting the following message: There was a problem with your account at Pearson VUE. Anyone seen this before, any advise? I sent an email to them but based on what I found through the research, it's unlikely they will reply. submitted by /u/Big-Drawing-8936 [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I’m preparing for the AWS Solutions Architect Associate exam and I had a doubt about the practice tests from Tutorial Dojo / Jon Bonso. On Udemy, there is a popular course called “AWS Certified Solutions Architect Associate Practice Exams by Tutorial Dojo”, and on the official Tutorial Dojo website (portal.tutorialdojo.com), they also have SAA practice exams. My question is: ➡️ Are both of these the same sets of questions? Or ➡️ Is there any difference in the difficulty, question bank size, or updates between Udemy and the official TD website? I want to know whether buying the Udemy version is enough, or if the official TD portal has newer or additional questions. Thanks in advance! submitted by /u/Icy-Fan7282 [link] [comments]
Hi! I have my AWS cloud practitioner exam in January. I’ve have been using Andrew Brown to study and will be using skill builder as well as udemy practice exams. If you have your exam at a similar time, let’s study together! Please DM me looking for a buddy ASAP to pass the exam with. submitted by /u/PuzzleheadedRush6864 [link] [comments]
Hey folks, Just wanted to share that I passed the AWS Solutions Architect Associate today ! I did my CCP earlier this year and jumped straight into SAA prep, so here’s a quick breakdown of what worked for me. How I Studied • Used Stephane Maarek’s SAA course for all core concepts. • Made my own notes for VPC, EC2, S3, ASG, Load Balancers, RDS, CloudFront, Route 53. • Did a LOT of hands-on: EC2 → ALB → ASG setup, VPC creation, S3 static website, RDS tasks, IAM roles/policies, etc. • Practice tests were the game changers: Tutorial Dojo + Maarek exams. • First attempts: 55–65% • Later: 70–80% range Exam Experience • Heavy on VPC, EC2, S3, RDS • A few tricky CloudFront + Route53 scenarios • Mostly “choose the most cost-effective & scalable option” type Qs • No surprises if you practiced enough Study Time 1.5–2 months while working full-time. Thank you! submitted by /u/speocket [link] [comments]
What aws skill building would you do if ur new to aws and hadn’t done a lot of code but are interested I’ve been doing aws cloud practitioner essentials but it doesn’t have any labs submitted by /u/Fluffy_Network_3145 [link] [comments]
I'm studying SAA-C03 udemy course by Stephane. I find the course teach the basic concepts with hands on. But the sample exam questions I checked in totorial dojo is very complex. What is the strategy for learning when preparing for the exam? How to get familiarize with the knowledge required for the exam. How do you compliment your learning? Any strategies based on your experience to study will be helpful. Thanks in advance. submitted by /u/andyjoe24 [link] [comments]
I passed my cloud practitioner exam. I got into AWS ReStart 13 weeks ago and I took my exam on Friday. I will be taking the Solutions Architect Associate next, so I have started studying for it. submitted by /u/whoisuser2 [link] [comments]
Just passed the SAA-C03 and wanted to share. I got my results within 4 hours of completing the exam. (On a Saturday night no less!) I was not confident in my performance and thought surely I had failed. The exam is pretty difficult in my opinion. Taking lots of practice tests is absolutely necessary. I watched the free Exampro/Freecodecamp YouTube course (50 hours!), and did practice tests on ExamPro and TutorialsDojo. The practice tests on exampro are considerably easier than the real exam. TD is on par. I finished all questions with about 5 minutes to spare. Using the software to take the test online was kind of a pain. I had to buy a Windows license and dual boot my desktop, as well as buy a webcam. If you’re taking this test soon you’ve got this! Just relax and think like a solutions architect! submitted by /u/Extreme-Layer-1201 [link] [comments]
Hi everyone, I am very happy to join this community. I took the SAA-C03 and got passed. I took Adrian Cantrill's course on October and spend more than 1 month watching his videos. Then, I practised the tests from Stephane Maarek on Udemy, 2 times for each test and got around 81~87%. The video content provided me a great foundation and the practice exams provided me a great opportunity to work on the actual problems as well as the services that were not mentioned in the video course. The real exam questions are not exactly the same as the ones I practised in the courses but the courses provide enough knowledge to tackle the problems in the real exam. Looking forward to engaging with this community and continuing my AWS learning journey! https://preview.redd.it/t6ugs0a55p5g1.png?width=1598&format=png&auto=webp&s=ede633a29da44ff6b4111af1739f5fa692665adc submitted by /u/dldien [link] [comments]
I passed and I'm very happy I took Stephen Mareek's course on Udemy and his simulations too I was always reaching 60%, but I saw here that both his and TD's simulations are very difficult So I decided to try And it worked, thanks guys for the tips Towards SAP-C02 submitted by /u/ollycris [link] [comments]
Hey everyone, I passed my AWS Solutions Architect Associate exam last week, so I wanted to share what actually helped me, especially for anyone who is preparing right now. 1. Stephen Mareek’s course was my base His explanations made it easy to understand core services like EC2, VPC, S3, RDS, DynamoDB, CloudFront, and IAM. I didn’t memorize anything — I just tried to understand his scenario examples. 2. Tutorials Dojo (TD) practice tests were the REAL game changer I took the TD practice exams and review mode very seriously. The question style is very close to the actual exam. Every time I got something wrong, I read the explanations and that improved my understanding a lot. 3. Hands-on is very important Simple labs like: – Hosting a static website on S3 – Creating EC2 + ALB + Auto Scaling – Setting up RDS These helped me connect theory with real scenarios. 4. Exam tips Many questions look long and confusing, but the answer becomes clear when you find the “key requirement” in the question — cost, high availability, performance, or security. 5. If you’re learning now My advice: – Watch Stephen – Practice with Tutorials Dojo – Do small labs – Don’t rush the exam If anyone is preparing and needs help understanding topics or choosing resources, feel free to ask. I’d be happy to share what worked for me. Good luck to everyone! Then you need keywords pdf comment me ! submitted by /u/Lingesh-2-9 [link] [comments]
I’m so grateful for the community I joined—I got all the resources I needed, and my doubts were cleared up! To be honest, I read about two months of preparation. I followed Stephan Mareek and did some randomised quizzes from Tutorials Dojo. The exam was a bit more challenging than the practice exams from Tutorials Dojo, but I initially thought I wouldn’t pass, but thank goodness, I did pass!!!!! submitted by /u/Uttam__h [link] [comments]
Today, Amazon Simple Email Service (SES) added support for accessing SES API endpoints through Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) endpoints. Customers use VPC endpoints to enable access to SES APIs for sending emails and managing their SES resource configuration. This release helps customers increase security in their VPCs. Previously, customers who ran their workloads in a VPC could access SES APIs by configuring an internet gateway resource in their VPC. This enabled traffic from the VPC to flow into the internet, and reach SES public API endpoints. Now, customers can use the VPC endpoints to access SES APIs without the need for an internet gateway, reducing the chances for activity in the VPC to be exposed to the internet.. SES supports VPC for SES API endpoints in all AWS Regions where SES is available. For more information, see the documentation for information about setting up VPC endpoints with Amazon SES.
Amazon SES announces that the SES Mail Manager product is now available in 10 additional commercial AWS Regions. This expands coverage from the current 17 commercial AWS Regions where Mail Manager is launched, meaning that Mail Manager is now offered in all commercial Regions where SES offers its core Outbound service. SES Mail Manager allows customers to configure email routing and delivery mechanisms for their domains, and to have a single view of email governance, risk, and compliance solutions for all email workloads. Organizations commonly deploy Mail Manager to replace legacy hosted mail relays or simplify integration with third-party mailbox providers and email security solutions. Mail Manager also supports onward delivery to WorkMail mailboxes, built-in archiving with search and export capabilities, and integration with third-party security add-ons directly within the console. The 10 new Mail Manager Regions include Middle East (Bahrain), Asia Pacific (Jakarta), Africa (Cape Town), Middle East (UAE), Asia Pacific (Hyderabad), Asia Pacific (Malaysia), Europe (Milan), Israel (Tel Aviv), Canada West (Calgary), and Europe (Zurich). The full list of Mail Manager Region availability is here. To learn more, see the Amazon SES Mail Manager product page and the SES Mail Manager documentation. You can start using Mail Manager in these new Regions through the Amazon SES console.
Amazon Connect Outbound Campaigns now supports WhatsApp, expanding on the WhatsApp Business messaging capabilities that already allow customers to contact your agents. You can now engage customers through proactive, automated campaigns on their preferred messaging platform, delivering timely communications such as appointment reminders, payment notifications, order updates, and product recommendations directly through WhatsApp. Setting up WhatsApp campaigns uses the same familiar Amazon Connect interface, where you can define your target audience, choose personalized message templates, schedule delivery times, and apply compliance guardrails, just as you do for SMS, voice, and email campaigns. Previously, Outbound Campaigns supported SMS, email, and voice channels, while WhatsApp was available only for customers to initiate conversations with your agents. With WhatsApp support in Outbound Campaigns, you can now proactively reach customers through an additional messaging platform while maintaining a unified campaign management experience. You can personalize WhatsApp messages using real-time customer data, track delivery and engagement metrics, and manage communication frequency and timing to ensure compliance. This expansion provides greater flexibility to connect with customers on their preferred platforms while streamlining your omnichannel outreach strategy. This feature is available in all AWS Regions where Amazon Connect Outbound Campaigns is supported. To learn more, visit the Amazon Connect Outbound Campaigns documentation.
Amazon Bedrock introduces Global cross-Region inference for TwelveLabs' Pegasus 1.2, expanding model availability to 23 new regions in addition to the seven regions where the model was already available. You can now also access the model in all EU regions in Amazon Bedrock using Geographic cross-Region inference. Geographic cross-Region inference is ideal for workloads with data residency or compliance requirements within a specific geographic boundary, while Global cross-Region inference is recommended for applications that prioritize availability and performance across multiple geographies. Pegasus 1.2 is a powerful video-first language model that can generate text based on the visual, audio, and textual content within videos. Specifically designed for long-form video, it excels at video-to-text generation and temporal understanding. With Pegasus 1.2's availability in these additional regions, you can now build video-intelligence applications closer to your data and end users, reducing latency and simplifying your architecture. For a complete list of supported inference profiles and regions for Pegasus 1.2, refer to the Cross-Region Inference documentation. To get started with Pegasus 1.2, visit the Amazon Bedrock console. To learn more, read the product page and Amazon Bedrock documentation.
Amazon SageMaker Notebook instance now supports self-service migration, allowing you to update your notebook instance platform identifier through the UpdateNotebookInstance API. This enables you to seamlessly transition from unsupported platform identifiers (notebook-al1-v1, notebook-al2-v1, notebook-al2-v2) to supported versions (notebook-al2-v3, notebook-al2023-v1). With the new PlatformIdentifier parameter in the UpdateNotebookInstance API, you can update to newer versions of the Notebook instance platform while preserving your existing data and configurations. The platform identifier determines which Operating System and JupyterLab version combination your notebook instance runs. This self-service capability simplifies the migration process and helps you keep your notebook instances current. This feature is supported through AWS CLI (version 2.31.27 or newer) and SDK, and is available in all AWS Regions where Amazon SageMaker Notebook instances are supported. To learn more, see Update a Notebook Instance in the Amazon SageMaker Developer Guide.
Amazon OpenSearch Service now brings automatic semantic enrichment to managed clusters, matching the capability we launched for OpenSearch Serverless earlier this year. This feature allows you to leverage the power of semantic search with minimal configuration effort. Traditional lexical search only matches exact phrases, often missing relevant content. Automatic semantic enrichment understands context and meaning, delivering more relevant results. For example, a search for "eco-friendly transportation options" finds matches about "electric vehicles" or "public transportation"—even when these exact terms aren't present. This new capability handles all semantic processing automatically, eliminating the need to manage machine learning models. It supports both English-only and multi-lingual variants, covering 15 languages including Arabic, French, Hindi, Japanese, Korean, and more. You pay only for actual usage during data ingestion, billed as OpenSearch Compute Unit (OCU) - Semantic Search. View the pricing page for cost details and a pricing example. This feature is now available for Amazon OpenSearch Service domains running OpenSearch version 2.19 or later. Currently, this feature supports non-VPC domains in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Mumbai), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm). Get started with our documentation on automatic semantic enrichment.
AWS Elastic Beanstalk now enables customers to build and deploy Node.js 24 applications on Amazon Linux 2023 (AL2023) platform. This latest platform support allows developers to leverage the newest features and improvements in Node.js while taking advantage of the enhanced security and performance of AL2023.
AWS Elastic Beanstalk is a service that provides the ability to deploy and manage applications in AWS without worrying about the infrastructure that runs those applications. Node.js 24 on AL2023 delivers updates to the V8 JavaScript engine, npm 11, and security and performance improvements. Developers can create Elastic Beanstalk environments running Node.js 24 on AL2023 through the Elastic Beanstalk Console, CLI, or API.
This platform is available in all commercial AWS Regions where Elastic Beanstalk is available, including the AWS GovCloud (US) Regions. For a complete list of regions and service offerings, see AWS Regions.
To learn more about Node.js 24 on Amazon Linux 2023, see the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer guide. For additional information, visit the AWS Elastic Beanstalk product page.
I am using python 3.14 version for , i tried to add psycopg , asyncpg in layer but i can't import it in the code , it says "No module Found psycopg.." I tried the reduce python version , tried all methods available on youtube but nothing works , deadline for the project is 48 hours please help me... submitted by /u/Gullible_Put_6803 [link] [comments]
Amazon Connect Customer Profiles now offers new segmentation capabilities powered by Spark SQL (Beta), enabling you to build sophisticated customer segments using your complete Customer Profiles data with AI assistance. You can:
Access complete profile data: Use both custom objects and standard objects for segmentation
Leverage SQL capabilities: Join objects, filter with statistical functions like percentiles, and standardize date fields for complex analysis
Build segments with AI assistance: Use natural language prompts with the Segment AI assistant to automatically generate segment definitions in Spark SQL, or write SQL directly
Validate before deployment: Review AI-generated SQL, view natural language explanations, and get automatic segment estimates
For example, you can create segments like "customers who called customer services more than 3 times in the past month about new purchases they made" or "high-value customers in the 90th percentile of lifetime spend" to enable precise targeting for outbound campaigns and personalized customer experiences. These new segmentation capabilities are offered alongside existing segmentation features. Both integrate seamlessly with segment membership calls, Flow blocks, and Outbound Campaigns, allowing you to choose the approach that best fits your use case. Getting started: Enable Data store from the Customer Profiles page to use the new segmentation capabilities Availability: Available in all AWS regions where Amazon Connect Customer Profiles is offered. For more information, see Build customer segments in Amazon Connect in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.
Today, Amazon Q (Q) added support for analyzing email sending in Amazon Simple Email Service (SES). Now customers can ask Q questions about their SES resource setup and usage patterns, and Q will help them optimize their configuration and troubleshoot deliverability problems. This makes it easier to manage SES operational activities with less technical knowledge. Previously, customers could use SES features such as Virtual Deliverability Manager to manage and explore their SES resource configuration and usage. SES provided convenient dashboard views and query tools to help customers find information, however customers needed deep understanding of email sending concepts to interact with the service. Now, customers can ask Q for help in optimizing resource configuration and troubleshooting deliverability challenges. Q will evaluate customer’s usage patterns and SES resource configuration, find the answers customers need, and help them understand the context without requiring pre-knowledge or manual exploration. Q supports SES resource analysis in all AWS Regions where SES and Q are available. For more information, see the Q documentation for information about interacting with SES through Q.
AWS Elastic Beanstalk now enables customers to build and deploy Python 3.14 applications on Amazon Linux 2023 (AL2023) platform. This latest platform support allows developers to leverage the newest features and improvements in Python while taking advantage of the enhanced security and performance of AL2023.
AWS Elastic Beanstalk is a service that provides the ability to deploy and manage applications in AWS without worrying about the infrastructure that runs those applications. Python 3.14 on AL2023 delivers enhanced interactive interpreter capabilities, improved error messages, important security and API improvements. Developers can create Elastic Beanstalk environments running Python 3.14 on AL2023 through the Elastic Beanstalk Console, CLI, or API.
This platform is available in all commercial AWS Regions where Elastic Beanstalk is available, including the AWS GovCloud (US) Regions. For a complete list of regions and service offerings, see AWS Regions.
To learn more about Python 3.14 on Amazon Linux 2023, see the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer guide. For additional information, visit the AWS Elastic Beanstalk product page.
Today, AWS launches simplified enablement of AWS CloudTrail events in Amazon CloudWatch, a monitoring and logging service that helps you collect, monitor, and analyze log data from your AWS resources and applications. With this launch, you can now centrally configure collection of CloudTrail events in CloudWatch alongside other popular AWS log sources such as Amazon VPC flow logs and Amazon EKS Control Plane Logs. CloudWatch's ingestion experience provides a consolidated view that simplifies collecting telemetry from different sources for accounts in your AWS Organization thus ensuring comprehensive monitoring and data collection across your AWS environment. This new integration leverages service-linked channels (SLCs) to receive events from CloudTrail without requiring trails, and also provides additional benefits such as safety-checks and termination protection. You incur both CloudTrail event delivery charges and CloudWatch Logs ingestion fees based on custom logs pricing. To learn more about enablement of CloudTrail events in CloudWatch and supported AWS regions, visit the Amazon CloudWatch documentation.
AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory, also known as AWS Managed Microsoft AD, and AD Connector are now available in the Asia Pacific (New Zealand) Region.
Built on actual Microsoft Active Directory (AD), AWS Managed Microsoft AD enables you to migrate AD-aware applications while reducing the work of managing AD infrastructure in the AWS Cloud. You can use your Microsoft AD credentials to domain join EC2 instances, and also manage containers and Kubernetes clusters. You can keep your identities in your existing Microsoft AD or create and manage identities in your AWS managed directory. AD Connector is a proxy that enables AWS applications to use your existing on-premises AD identities without requiring AD infrastructure in the AWS Cloud. You can also use AD Connector to join Amazon EC2 instances to your on-premises AD domain and manage these instances using your existing group policies. Please see all AWS Regions where AWS Managed Microsoft AD and AD Connector are available. To learn more, see AWS Directory Service.
Amazon Bedrock now supports Responses API on new OpenAI API-compatible service endpoints. Responses API enables developers to achieve asynchronous inference for long-running inference workloads, simplifies tool use integration for agentic workflows, and also supports stateful conversation management. Instead of requiring developers to pass the entire conversation history with each request, Responses API enables them to automatically rebuild context without manual history management. These new service endpoints support both streaming and non-streaming modes, enable reasoning effort support within Chat Completions API, and require only a base URL change for developers to integrate within existing codebases with OpenAI SDK compatibility. Chat Completions with reasoning effort support is available for all Amazon Bedrock models powered by Project Mantle, a new distributed inference engine for large-scale machine learning model serving on Amazon Bedrock. Project Mantle simplifies and expedites onboarding of new models onto Amazon Bedrock, provides highly performant and reliable serverless inference with sophisticated quality of service controls, unlocks higher default customer quotas with automated capacity management and unified pools, and provides out-of-the-box compatibility with OpenAI API specifications. Responses API support is available today starting with OpenAI's GPT OSS 20B/120B models, with support for other models coming soon. To get started, visit the service documentation here
Starting today, new general purpose Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) M9g instances, powered by AWS Graviton5 processors, are available in preview. AWS Graviton5 is the latest in the Graviton family of processors that are custom designed by AWS to provide the best price performance for workloads in Amazon EC2. These instances offer up to 25% better compute performance, and higher networking and Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) bandwidth than AWS Graviton4-based M8g instances. They are up to 30% faster for databases, up to 35% faster web applications, and up to 35% faster for machine learning workloads compared to M8g. M9g instances are built on the AWS Nitro System, a collection of hardware and software innovations designed by AWS. The AWS Nitro System enables the delivery of efficient, flexible, and secure cloud services with isolated multitenancy, private networking, and fast local storage. Amazon EC2 M9g instances are ideal for workloads such as application servers, microservices, gaming servers, midsize data stores, and caching fleets. To learn more or request access to the M9g preview, see Amazon EC2 M9g instances. To begin your Graviton journey, visit the Level up your compute with AWS Graviton page.
Any AWS expert here? Need help. Case: We had a client account where days was saved in AWS server. The payment wasn't done and they have deleted the account. It's been more than 8-9 months.. Is there anyways to make the payment and get it back? Advice would be helpful. Thanks. submitted by /u/surfing_instructor [link] [comments]
Hello folks, I’ve just started learning AWS, and to learn by doing, I created a scenario for myself. I defined some basic requirements for a simple website, but I’m not sure what the correct order is before actually building the system. Should I start by drawing the architecture diagram first? Or should I define the requirements and then list the AWS services that match them? Or should I document everything after choosing the services? At which stage should I define the configurations? In what order should I approach computing, networking, database, storage, and security components? And lastly, which AWS documentation should I use to add real engineering value to what I’m building? Can you guide me through this? submitted by /u/Hefty_Mortgage_4027 [link] [comments]
Amazon SageMaker HyperPod now supports checkpointless training, a new foundational model training capability that mitigates the need for a checkpoint-based job-level restart for fault recovery. Checkpointless training maintains forward training momentum despite failures, reducing recovery time from hours to minutes. This represents a fundamental shift from traditional checkpoint-based recovery, where failures require pausing the entire training cluster, diagnosing issues manually, and restoring from saved checkpoints, a process that can leave expensive AI accelerators idle for hours, costing your organization wasted compute.
Checkpointless training transforms this paradigm by preserving the model training state across the distributed cluster, automatically swapping out faulty training nodes on the fly and using peer-to-peer state transfer from healthy accelerators for failure recovery. By mitigating checkpoint dependencies during recovery, checkpointless training can help your organization save on idle AI accelerator costs and accelerate time. Even at larger scales, checkpointless training on Amazon SageMaker HyperPod enables upwards of 95% training goodput on cluster sizes with thousands of AI accelerators.
Checkpointless training on SageMaker HyperPod is available in all AWS Regions where Amazon SageMaker HyperPod is currently available. You can enable checkpointless training with zero code changes using HyperPod recipes for popular publicly available models such as Llama and GPT OSS. For custom model architectures, you can integrate checkpointless training components with minimal modifications for PyTorch-based workflows, making it accessible to your teams regardless of their distributed training expertise.
To get started, visit the Amazon SageMaker HyperPod product page and see the checkpointless training GitHub page for implementation guidance.
In May, we open sourced the Strands Agents SDK, an open source python framework that takes a model-driven approach to building and running AI agents in just a few lines of code. Today, we’re announcing that TypeScript support is available in preview. Now, developers can choose between Python and TypeScript for building Strands Agents. TypeScript support in Strands has been designed to provide an idiomatic TypeScript experience with full type safety, async/await support, and modern JavaScript/TypeScript patterns. Strands can be easily run in client applications, in browsers, and server-side applications in runtimes like AWS Lambda and Bedrock AgentCore. Developers can also build their entire stack in Typescript using the AWS CDK. We’re also announcing three additional updates for the Strands SDK. First, edge device support for Strands Agents is generally available, extending the SDK with bidirectional streaming and additional local model providers like llama.cpp that let you run agents on small-scale devices using local models. Second, Strands steering is now available as an experimental feature, giving developers a modular prompting mechanism that provides feedback to the agent at the right moment in its lifecycle, steering agents toward a desired outcome without rigid workflows. Finally, Strands evaluations is available in preview. Evaluations gives developers the ability to systematically validate agent behavior, measure improvements, and deploy with confidence during development cycles. Head to the Strands Agents GitHub to get started building.
Amazon Web Services (AWS) announces a new serverless model customization capability that empowers AI developers to quickly customize popular models with supervised fine-tuning and the latest techniques like reinforcement learning. Amazon SageMaker AI is a fully managed service that brings together a broad set of tools to enable high-performance, low-cost AI model development for any use case.
Many AI developers seek to customize models with proprietary data for improved accuracy, but this often requires lengthy iteration cycles. For example, AI developers must define a use case and prepare data, select a model and customization technique, train the model, then evaluate the model for deployment. Now AI developers can simplify the end-to-end model customization workflow, from data preparation to evaluation and deployment, and accelerate the process. With an easy-to-use interface, AI developers can quickly get started and customize popular models, including Amazon Nova, Llama, Qwen, DeepSeek, and GPT-OSS, with their own data. They can use supervised fine-tuning and the latest customization techniques such as reinforcement learning and direct preference optimization. In addition, AI developers can use the AI agent-guided workflow (in preview), and use natural language to generate synthetic data, analyze data quality, and handle model training and evaluation—all entirely serverless.
You can use this easy-to-use interface in the following AWS Regions: Europe (Ireland), US East (N. Virginia), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), and US West (Oregon). To join the waitlist to access the AI agent-guided workflow, visit the sign-up page.
To learn more, visit the SageMaker AI model customization page and blog.
Amazon SageMaker HyperPod now supports elastic training, enabling organizations to accelerate foundation model training by automatically scaling training workloads based on resource availability and workload priorities. This represents a fundamental shift from training with a fixed set of resources, as it saves hours of engineering time spent reconfiguring training jobs based on compute availability.
Any change in compute availability previously required manually halting training, reconfiguring training parameters, and restarting jobs—a process that requires distributed training expertise and leaves expensive AI accelerators sitting idle during training job reconfiguration. Elastic training automatically expands training jobs to absorb idle AI accelerators and seamlessly contracting when higher-priority workloads need resources—all without halting training entirely.
By eliminating manual reconfiguration overhead and ensuring continuous utilization of available compute, elastic training can help save time previously spent on infrastructure management, reduce costs by maximizing cluster utilization, and accelerate time-to-market. Training can start immediately with minimal resources and grow opportunistically as capacity becomes available.
SageMaker HyperPod is available in all regions where Amazon SageMaker HyperPod is currently available. Organizations can enable elastic training with zero code changes using HyperPod recipes for publicly available models including Llama and GPT OSS. For custom model architectures, customers can integrate elastic training capabilities through lightweight configuration updates and minimal code modifications, making it accessible to teams without requiring distributed systems expertise.
To get started, visit the Amazon SageMaker HyperPod product page and see the elastic training documentation for implementation guidance.
Amazon Bedrock now supports reinforcement fine-tuning, helping you improve model accuracy without needing deep machine learning expertise or large sums of labeled data. Amazon Bedrock automates the reinforcement fine-tuning workflow, making this advanced model customization technique accessible to everyday developers. Models learn to align with your specific requirements using a small set of prompts rather than the large sums of data needed for traditional fine-tuning methods, enabling teams to get started quickly. This capability teaches models through feedback on multiple possible responses to the same prompt, improving their judgement of what makes a good response. Reinforcement fine-tuning in Amazon Bedrock delivers 66% accuracy gains on average over base models so you can use smaller, faster, and more cost-effective model variants while maintaining high quality.
Organizations struggle to adapt AI models to their unique business needs, forcing them to choose between generic models with average performance or expensive, complex customization that requires specialized talent, infrastructure, and risky data movement. Reinforcement fine-tuning in Amazon Bedrock removes this complexity by making advanced model customization fast, automated, and secure. You can train models by uploading training data directly from your computer or choose from datasets already stored in Amazon S3, eliminating the need for any labeled datasets. You can define reward functions using verifiable rule-based graders or AI-based judges along with built-in templates to optimize your models for both objective tasks such as code generation or math reasoning, and subjective tasks such as instruction following or chatbot interactions. Your proprietary data never leaves AWS's secure, governed environment during the entire customization process, mitigating security and compliance concerns.
You can get started with reinforcement fine-tuning in Amazon Bedrock through the Amazon Bedrock console and via the Amazon Bedrock APIs. At launch, you can use reinforcement fine-tuning with Amazon Nova 2 Lite with support for additional models coming soon. To learn more about reinforcement fine-tuning in Amazon Bedrock, read the launch blog, pricing page, and documentation.
What is Google Workspace? Google Workspace is a cloud-based productivity suite that helps teams communicate, collaborate and get things done from anywhere and on any device. It's simple to set up, use and manage, so your business can focus on what really matters.
Here are some highlights: Business email for your domain Look professional and communicate as you@yourcompany.com. Gmail's simple features help you build your brand while getting more done.
Access from any location or device Check emails, share files, edit documents, hold video meetings and more, whether you're at work, at home or on the move. You can pick up where you left off from a computer, tablet or phone.
Enterprise-level management tools Robust admin settings give you total command over users, devices, security and more.
Sign up using my link https://referworkspace.app.goo.gl/Q371 and get a 14-day trial, and message me to get an exclusive discount when you try Google Workspace for your business.
Google Workspace Business Standard Promotion code for the Americas
63F733CLLY7R7MM
63F7D7CPD9XXUVT
63FLKQHWV3AEEE6
63JGLWWK36CP7WM Email me for more promo codes
Today I Learned (TIL) You learn something new every day; what did you learn today? Submit interesting and specific facts about something that you just found out here.
Reddit Science This community is a place to share and discuss new scientific research. Read about the latest advances in astronomy, biology, medicine, physics, social science, and more. Find and submit new publications and popular science coverage of current research.
